WO2008086319A1 - Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents - Google Patents
Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008086319A1 WO2008086319A1 PCT/US2008/050446 US2008050446W WO2008086319A1 WO 2008086319 A1 WO2008086319 A1 WO 2008086319A1 US 2008050446 W US2008050446 W US 2008050446W WO 2008086319 A1 WO2008086319 A1 WO 2008086319A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- electronic document
- displayed
- list
- vertical
- displayed portion
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 98
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 115
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 74
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 39
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 39
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 32
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005057 finger movement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000881 depressing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010813 municipal solid waste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010897 surface acoustic wave method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
- G06F3/0485—Scrolling or panning
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
- G06F3/0482—Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
- G06F3/0486—Drag-and-drop
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
- G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
- G06F3/04883—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
- G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
- G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
- G06F3/04886—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11B—INFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
- G11B27/00—Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel
- G11B27/02—Editing, e.g. varying the order of information signals recorded on, or reproduced from, record carriers
- G11B27/031—Electronic editing of digitised analogue information signals, e.g. audio or video signals
- G11B27/034—Electronic editing of digitised analogue information signals, e.g. audio or video signals on discs
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11B—INFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
- G11B27/00—Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel
- G11B27/10—Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Measuring tape travel
- G11B27/34—Indicating arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/26—Devices for calling a subscriber
- H04M1/27—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously
- H04M1/274—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc
- H04M1/2745—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc using static electronic memories, e.g. chips
- H04M1/27453—Directories allowing storage of additional subscriber data, e.g. metadata
- H04M1/2746—Sorting, e.g. according to history or frequency of use
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/26—Devices for calling a subscriber
- H04M1/27—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously
- H04M1/274—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc
- H04M1/2745—Devices whereby a plurality of signals may be stored simultaneously with provision for storing more than one subscriber number at a time, e.g. using toothed disc using static electronic memories, e.g. chips
- H04M1/27467—Methods of retrieving data
- H04M1/2747—Scrolling on a display
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
- H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
- H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
- H04M1/72403—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
- H04M1/7243—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality with interactive means for internal management of messages
- H04M1/72436—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality with interactive means for internal management of messages for text messaging, e.g. SMS or e-mail
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
- G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
- G06F2203/04805—Virtual magnifying lens, i.e. window or frame movable on top of displayed information to enlarge it for better reading or selection
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
- G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
- G06F2203/04806—Zoom, i.e. interaction techniques or interactors for controlling the zooming operation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
- H04M2250/12—Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a sensor for measuring a physical value, e.g. temperature or motion
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
- H04M2250/22—Details of telephonic subscriber devices including a touch pad, a touch sensor or a touch detector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
- H04M2250/60—Details of telephonic subscriber devices logging of communication history, e.g. outgoing or incoming calls, missed calls, messages or URLs
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
- H04M2250/00—Details of telephonic subscriber devices
- H04M2250/70—Details of telephonic subscriber devices methods for entering alphabetical characters, e.g. multi-tap or dictionary disambiguation
Definitions
- the disclosed embodiments relate generally to portable electronic devices, and more particularly, to portable devices that display portions of electronic documents and/or portions of lists of items.
- scroll bars are used to indicate the position in the document or list of the displayed portion. But scroll bars are fixed user interface features that take up valuable display screen area on an already small display screen.
- the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a "touch screen") with a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions.
- GUI graphical user interface
- the user interacts with the GUI primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive display.
- the functions may include telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, blogging, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, and/or digital video playing. Instructions for performing these functions may be included in a computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
- a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display.
- a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document.
- An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar and of the horizontal bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs.
- the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
- the one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the one or more programs also include instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
- the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs.
- the one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and display a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the instructions also cause the device to cease to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
- the instructions also cause the device to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the device also comprises means for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
- the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a portion of a list of items is displayed on the touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list.
- An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the list.
- a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- display of the vertical bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
- a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
- the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased.
- the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
- a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs.
- the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
- the one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
- the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
- a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs.
- the one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
- the instructions cause the device to display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
- a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
- the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
- a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display.
- a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document.
- An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- display of the vertical bar is ceased.
- the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the display of the vertical bar is ceased.
- the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs.
- the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
- the one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
- the one or more programs include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs.
- the one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
- a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met.
- the device includes means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
- FIGS. IA and IB are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices with touch-sensitive displays in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 10A- 1OC illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 1 IA and 1 IB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 13 A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 19A- 191 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figure 23 A is a flow diagram illustrating a process of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments.
- Figures 23B and 23 C are flow diagrams illustrating processes of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
- first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first gesture could be termed a second gesture, and, similarly, a second gesture could be termed a first gesture, without departing from the scope of the present invention.
- the device is a portable communications device such as a mobile telephone that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
- the user interface may include a physical click wheel in addition to a touch screen or a virtual click wheel displayed on the touch screen.
- a click wheel is a user- interface device that may provide navigation commands based on an angular displacement of the wheel or a point of contact with the wheel by a user of the device.
- a click wheel may also be used to provide a user command corresponding to selection of one or more items, for example, when the user of the device presses down on at least a portion of the wheel or the center of the wheel.
- breaking contact with a click wheel image on a touch screen surface may indicate a user command corresponding to selection.
- a portable multifunction device that includes a touch screen is used as an exemplary embodiment.
- the device supports a variety of applications, such as a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a blogging application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
- applications such as a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a blogging application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
- the various applications that may be executed on the device may use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch screen.
- One or more functions of the touch screen as well as corresponding information displayed on the device may be adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
- a common physical architecture (such as the touch screen) of the device may support the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent.
- the user interfaces may include one or more soft keyboard embodiments.
- the soft keyboard embodiments may include standard (QWERTY) and/or non-standard configurations of symbols on the displayed icons of the keyboard, such as those described in U.S. Patent Applications No.
- the keyboard embodiments may include a reduced number of icons (or soft keys) relative to the number of keys in existing physical keyboards, such as that for a typewriter. This may make it easier for users to select one or more icons in the keyboard, and thus, one or more corresponding symbols.
- the keyboard embodiments may be adaptive. For example, displayed icons may be modified in accordance with user actions, such as selecting one or more icons and/or one or more corresponding symbols.
- One or more applications on the portable device may utilize common and/or different keyboard embodiments.
- the keyboard embodiment used may be tailored to at least some of the applications.
- one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user.
- one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user based on a word usage history (lexicography, slang, individual usage) of the respective user.
- Some of the keyboard embodiments may be adjusted to reduce a probability of a user error when selecting one or more icons, and thus one or more symbols, when using the soft keyboard embodiments.
- IB are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices 100 with touch-sensitive displays 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
- the touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a "touch screen" for convenience, and may also be known as or called a touch-sensitive display system.
- the device 100 may include a memory 102 (which may include one or more computer readable storage mediums), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPU's) 120, a peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, a speaker 111, a microphone 113, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and an external port 124.
- the device 100 may include one or more optical sensors 164. These components may communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
- the device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device 100, and that the device 100 may have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or a may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
- the various components shown in Figures IA and IB may be implemented in hardware, software or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
- Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non- volatile solid-state memory devices.
- the peripherals interface 118 couples the input and output peripherals of the device to the CPU 120 and memory 102.
- the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for the device 100 and to process data.
- the peripherals interface 118, the CPU 120, and the memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as a chip 104. In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.
- the RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
- the RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
- the RF circuitry 108 may include well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
- SIM subscriber identity module
- the RF circuitry 108 may communicate with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
- networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
- networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
- WLAN wireless local area network
- MAN metropolitan area network
- the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.1 Ig and/or IEEE 802.1 In), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for email (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), and/or Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS)), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed
- the audio circuitry 110, the speaker 111, and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and the device 100.
- the audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from the peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111.
- the speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
- the audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by the microphone 113 from sound waves.
- the audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or the RF circuitry 108 by the peripherals interface 118.
- the audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g. 212, Figure 2).
- the headset jack provides an interface between the audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
- the I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on the device 100, such as the touch screen 112 and other input/control devices 116, to the peripherals interface 118.
- the I/O subsystem 106 may include a display controller 156 and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
- the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116.
- the other input/control devices 116 may include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
- input controller(s) 160 may be coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
- the one or more buttons may include an up/down button for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or the microphone 113.
- the one or more buttons may include a push button (e.g., 206, Figure 2). A quick press of the push button may disengage a lock of the touch screen 112 or begin a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application No.
- buttons are used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
- the touch-sensitive touch screen 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
- the display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to the touch screen 112.
- the touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user.
- the visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects, further details of which are described below.
- a touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
- the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on the touch screen 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on the touch screen.
- user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images
- a point of contact between a touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
- the touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, or
- the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with a touch screen 112.
- a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive tablets described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- a touch screen 112 displays visual output from the portable device 100, whereas touch sensitive tablets do not provide visual output.
- a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be as described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No.
- the touch screen 112 may have a resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In an exemplary embodiment, the touch screen has a resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
- the user may make contact with the touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
- the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which are much less precise than stylus- based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
- the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
- the device 100 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions.
- the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
- the touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
- the device 100 may include a physical or virtual click wheel as an input control device 116.
- a user may navigate among and interact with one or more graphical objects (henceforth referred to as icons) displayed in the touch screen 112 by rotating the click wheel or by moving a point of contact with the click wheel (e.g., where the amount of movement of the point of contact is measured by its angular displacement with respect to a center point of the click wheel).
- the click wheel may also be used to select one or more of the displayed icons. For example, the user may press down on at least a portion of the click wheel or an associated button.
- User commands and navigation commands provided by the user via the click wheel may be processed by an input controller 160 as well as one or more of the modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102.
- the click wheel and click wheel controller may be part of the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156, respectively.
- the click wheel may be either an opaque or semitransparent object that appears and disappears on the touch screen display in response to user interaction with the device.
- a virtual click wheel is displayed on the touch screen of a portable multifunction device and operated by user contact with the touch screen.
- the device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering the various components.
- the power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
- a power management system e.g., one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
- power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
- AC alternating current
- a recharging system
- the device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164.
- Figures IA and IB show an optical sensor coupled to an optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106.
- the optical sensor 164 may include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
- CCD charge-coupled device
- CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
- the optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image.
- an imaging module 143 also called a camera module
- the optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video.
- an optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite the touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for either still and/or video image acquisition.
- an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image may be obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
- the position of the optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 may be used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
- the device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166. Figures
- IA and IB show a proximity sensor 166 coupled to the peripherals interface 118.
- the proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106.
- the proximity sensor 166 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 11/241,839, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device," filed September 30, 2005; 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device,” filed September 30, 2005; No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices," filed October 24, 2006; and No.
- the proximity sensor turns off and disables the touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). In some embodiments, the proximity sensor keeps the screen off when the device is in the user's pocket, purse, or other dark area to prevent unnecessary battery drainage when the device is a locked state.
- the device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168.
- Figures IA and IB show an accelerometer 168 coupled to the peripherals interface 118.
- the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106.
- the accelerometer 168 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, "Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices," and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer," both of which are which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
- the software components stored in memory 102 may include an operating system 126, a communication module (or set of instructions) 128, a contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, a text input module (or set of instructions) 134, a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or set of instructions) 136.
- an operating system 126 a communication module (or set of instructions) 128, a contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, a text input module (or set of instructions) 134, a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or set of instructions) 136.
- a communication module or set of instructions 128, a contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, a text input module (or set of instructions) 134, a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (
- the operating system 126 e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as Vx Works
- the operating system 126 includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
- the communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by the RF circuitry 108 and/or the external port 124.
- the external port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
- USB Universal Serial Bus
- FIREWIRE FireWire
- the external port is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.).
- the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple
- the contact/motion module 130 may detect contact with the touch screen 112
- the contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred, determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch screen 112, and determining if the contact has been broken (i.e., if the contact has ceased). Determining movement of the point of contact may include determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations may be applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., "multitouch'Vmultiple finger contacts).
- the contact/motion module 130 and the display controller 156 also detects contact on a touchpad.
- the contact/motion module 130 and the controller 160 detects contact on a click wheel.
- the graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112, including components for changing the intensity of graphics that are displayed.
- graphics includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.
- An animation in this context is a display of a sequence of images that gives the appearance of movement, and informs the user of an action that has been performed (such as moving an email message to a folder).
- a respective animation that confirms an action by the user of the device typically takes a predefined, finite amount of time, such as an amount of time between 0.2 and 1.0 seconds, or between 0.5 and 2.0 seconds, depending on the context.
- the text input module 134 which may be a component of graphics module
- 132 provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e- mail 140, IM 141, blogging 142, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
- applications e.g., contacts 137, e- mail 140, IM 141, blogging 142, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
- the GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 and/or blogger 142 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
- applications e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 and/or blogger 142 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
- the applications 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
- a contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
- a camera module 143 for still and/or video images
- widget modules 149 which may include weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
- widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
- search module 151 • search module 151;
- Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. [0086] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module
- the contacts module 137 may be used to manage an address book or contact list, including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
- Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using contacts module 137 are described further below.
- the telephone module 138 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in the address book 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
- the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using telephone module 138 are described further below.
- the videoconferencing module 139 may be used to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants.
- the e-mail client module 140 may be used to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail.
- the e-mail module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using e-mail module 140 are described further below.
- the instant messaging module 141 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message
- SMS Short Message Service
- MMS Multimedia Message Service
- XMPP extensible Markup Language
- SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
- IMPS Internet-based instant messages
- transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
- EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
- instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
- the blogging module 142 may be used to send text, still images, video, and/or other graphics to a blog (e.g., the user's blog).
- a blog e.g., the user's blog.
- the camera module 143 may be used to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using camera module 143 are described further below.
- the image management module 144 may be used to arrange, modify or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using image management module 144 are described further below.
- the video player module 145 may be used to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using video player module 145 are described further below.
- the music player module 146 allows the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files.
- the device 100 may include the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using music player module 146 are described further below.
- the browser module 147 may be used to browse the Internet, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using browser module 147 are described further below.
- the calendar module 148 may be used to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using calendar module 148 are described further below.
- the widget modules 149 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6).
- a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
- a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
- the widget creator module 150 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
- search module 151 may be used to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms).
- the notes module 153 may be used to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like.
- the map module 154 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data).
- modules i.e., sets ot instructions
- video player module 145 may be combined with music player module 146 into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, Figure IB).
- memory 102 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
- the device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen 112 and/or a touchpad.
- a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input/control device for operation of the device 100, the number of physical input/control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on the device 100 may be reduced.
- the predefined set of functions that may be performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad include navigation between user interfaces.
- the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates the device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that may be displayed on the device 100.
- the touchpad may be referred to as a "menu button.”
- the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input/control device instead of a touchpad.
- Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen
- the touch screen may display one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200.
- UI user interface
- a user may select one or more of the graphics by making contact or touching the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
- selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
- the contact may include a gesture, such as one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with the device 100.
- inadvertent contact with a graphic may not select the graphic.
- a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
- the device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as
- menu button 204 may be used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that may be executed on the device 100.
- the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI in touch screen 112.
- the device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210, a head set jack 212, and a docking/charging external port 124.
- SIM Subscriber Identity Module
- the push button 206 may be used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process, hi an alternative embodiment, the device 100 also may accept verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through the microphone 113.
- UI user interfaces
- associated processes may be implemented on a portable multifunction device 100.
- Figure 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 300 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • Unlock image 302 that is moved with a finger gesture to unlock the device;
- the device detects contact with the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a user's finger making contact on or near the unlock image 302) while the device is in a user-interface lock state.
- the device moves the unlock image 302 in accordance with the contact.
- the device transitions to a user-interface unlock state if the detected contact corresponds to a predefined gesture, such as moving the unlock image across channel 306.
- a predefined gesture such as moving the unlock image across channel 306.
- the device maintains the user-interface lock state if the detected contact does not correspond to the predefined gesture.
- Figures 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 400A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications such as one or more of the following: o Phone 138, which may include an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; o E-mail client 140, which may include an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; o Browser 147; and o Music player 146; and • Icons for other applications, such as one or more of the following: o IM 141; o Image management 144; o Camera 143; o Video player 145; o Weather 149-1; o Stocks 149-2; o Blog l42; o Calendar 148; o Calculator 149-3; o Alarm clock 149-4; o Dictionary 149-5; and o User-created widget 149-6.
- o Phone 138 which may include an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages
- E-mail client 140 which may include an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails
- o Browser 147 and o Music player 146
- user interface 400B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Video and music player module 152 also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.) module 152.
- UI 400A or 400B displays all of the available applications 136 on one screen so that there is no need to scroll through a list of applications
- the icons corresponding to the applications may decrease in size so that all applications may be displayed on a single screen without scrolling.
- having all applications on one screen and a menu button enables a user to access any desired application with at most two inputs, such as activating the menu button 204 and then activating the desired application
- UI 400A or 400B provides integrated access to both widget-based applications and non-widget-based applications.
- all of the widgets, whether user-created or not, are displayed in UI 400A or 400B.
- activating the icon for user-created widget 149-6 may lead to another UI that contains the user-created widgets or icons corresponding to the user-created widgets.
- a user may rearrange the icons in UI 400A or 400B, e.g., using processes described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/459,602, "Portable Electronic Device With Interface Reconfiguration Mode," filed July 24, 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- a user may move application icons in and out of tray 408 using finger gestures.
- UI 400A or 400B includes a gauge (not shown) that displays an updated account usage metric for an account associated with usage of the device (e.g., a cellular phone account), as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/322,552, "Account Information Display For Portable Communication Device," filed December 23, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Figure 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Names 504 of the people a user is having instant message conversations with e.g., Jane Doe 504-1
- the phone number if the person's name is not available e.g., 408-
- Selection icon 510 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI for the corresponding conversation (e.g., Figure 6A for Jane Doe
- Edit icon 512 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI for deleting conversations;
- the name 504 used for an instant message conversation is determined by finding an entry in the user's contact list 137 that contains the phone number used for the instant message conversation. If no such entry is found, then just the phone number is displayed (e.g., 504-3). In some embodiments, if the other party sends messages from two or more different phone numbers, the messages may appear as a single conversation under a single name if all of the phone numbers used are found in the same entry (i.e., the entry for the other party) in the user's contact list 137. [00120] Automatically grouping the instant messages into "conversations" (instant message exchanges with the same user or the same phone number) makes it easier for the user to carry on and keep track of instant message exchanges with multiple parties.
- vertical bar 516 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant message conversations).
- the vertical bar 516 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list, hi some embodiments, the vertical bar 516 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
- the vertical bar 516 is not displayed.
- the vertical bar 516 is displayed with a length that corresponds to the length of the list display area (e.g., as shown in Figure 5).
- Figures 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 600A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Send icon 614 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates sending of the message in text box 612 to the other party (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1);
- Alternate keyboard selector icon 618 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a different keyboard (e.g., 624, Figure 6C);
- Send icon 620 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates sending of the message in text box 612 to the other party (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1);
- Shift key 628 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) capitalizes the next letter chosen on letter keyboard 616;
- a vertical swipe gesture 610 (comprised of messages 604 and 606) by applying a vertical swipe gesture 610 to the area displaying the conversation.
- a vertically downward gesture scrolls the conversation downward, thereby showing older messages in the conversation.
- a vertically upward gesture scrolls the conversation upward, thereby showing newer, more recent messages in the conversation.
- the last message in the conversation (e.g., 606-2) is displayed in the list of instant messages 500 (e.g., 506-1).
- keys in keyboards 616 ( Figures 6 A, 6B, 6E-6K), 624
- vertical bar 630 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant messages).
- the vertical bar 630 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar 630 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in Figure 6 A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 630 indicates that the bottom of the list of messages is being displayed (which correspond to the most recent messages) and the vertical length of the vertical bar 630 indicates that roughly half of the messages in the conversation are being displayed.
- user interface 600B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- the word suggestion area does not appear in UI 600B until after a predefined time delay (e.g., 2-3 seconds) in text being entered by the user. In some embodiments, the word suggestion area is not used or can be turned off by the user.
- user interface 600C includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Alternate keyboard 624 which may be made up primarily of digits and punctuation, with frequently used punctuation keys (e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637) made larger than the other keys;
- frequently used punctuation keys e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637
- Letter keyboard selector icon 626 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a letter keyboard (e.g., 616, Figure 6A);
- Shift key 628 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of yet another keyboard (e.g., 639, Figure 6D). [00130] In some embodiments, keeping the period key 631 near keyboard selector icon
- user interface 600D includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: . 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 620, 622, 626, 628 as described above; and
- Another alternate keyboard 639 which may be made up primarily of symbols and punctuation, with frequently used punctuation keys (e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637) made larger than the other keys.
- frequently used punctuation keys e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637
- user interface 600E includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- a send key e.g., either 614 or
- the text in text box 612 "pops" or otherwise comes out of the box and becomes part of the string of user messages 606 to the other party.
- the black arrows in Figure 6E illustrate an animated formation of a quote bubble 606-3.
- the size of the quote bubble scales with the size of the message.
- a sound is also made when the message is sent, such as a droplet sound, to notify the user.
- user interface 600F includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Recipient input field 632 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the field) receives and displays the phone number of the recipient of the instant message (or the recipient's name if the recipient is already in the user's contact list);
- Add recipient icon 634 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 638, Figure 6G); and • cancel icon 636 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) cancels the new instant message.
- user interface 600G includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, and 636, as described above;
- list 638 contains contacts that match the input in recipient input field 632. For example, if the letter "v” is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with “v” are shown. If the letters "va" are input in field 632, then the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "va", and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 638).
- a user can scroll through the list 638 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 642 to the area displaying the list 638. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
- vertical bar 640 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 638).
- the vertical bar 640 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar 640 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
- user interfaces 600H and 6001 include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- activating suggested word 644 replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 644.
- activating suggested word 646 replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 646.
- a user can set whether suggested words 644 and/or 646 are shown (e.g., by setting a user preference).
- a letter is enlarged briefly after it is selected (e.g., "N” is enlarged briefly after typing "din” in Figure 6H) to provide feedback to the user.
- user interfaces 600J and 600K include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, 636, and 656 as described above; and
- Expanded portion 650 of graphics that helps a user adjust the position of an expanded insertion marker 657 (sometimes called an "insertion point magnifier");
- insertion point magnifier 650 initiates display of insertion point magnifier 650 and expanded insertion marker 657-1.
- the finger contact is moved on the touch screen (e.g., to position 648- 2), there is corresponding motion of the expanded insertion marker (e.g., to 657-2) and the insertion point magnifier 650.
- the insertion point magnifier 650 provides an efficient way to position a cursor or other insertion marker using finger input on the touch screen.
- the magnifier 650 remains visible and can be repositioned as long as continuous contact is maintained with the touch screen (e.g., from 648-1 to 648-2 to even 648-3).
- a portable electronic device displays graphics and an insertion marker (e.g., marker 656, Figure 61) at a first location in the graphics on a touch screen display (e.g., Figure 61).
- the insertion marker 656 is a cursor, insertion bar, insertion point, or pointer.
- the graphics comprise text (e.g., text in box 612, Figure 61).
- a finger contact is detected with the touch screen display (e.g., contact 648-1, Figure 61).
- the location of the finger contact is proximate to the location of the insertion marker.
- the location of the finger contact is anywhere within a text entry area (e.g., box 612, Figure 61).
- the insertion marker is expanded from a first size (e.g., marker 656, Figure 61) to a second size (e.g., marker 657-1, Figure 6J) on the touch screen display, and a portion (e.g., portion 650-1, Figure 6J) of the graphics on the touch screen display is expanded from an original size to an expanded size.
- a first size e.g., marker 656, Figure 61
- a second size e.g., marker 657-1, Figure 6J
- a portion e.g., portion 650-1, Figure 6J
- the portion of the graphics that is expanded includes the insertion marker and adjacent graphics.
- graphics are displayed that include the insertion marker and adjacent graphics at the original size and at the expanded size.
- Movement of the finger contact is detected on the touch screen display (e.g., from 648-1 to 648-2, Figure 6J).
- the expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from the first location (e.g., 657-1, Figure 6J) to a second location in the graphics (e.g., 657-2, Figure 6J).
- the portion of the graphics that is expanded changes as the insertion marker moves from the first location to the second location (e.g., from 650-1 to 650-2, Figure 6J).
- the portion of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a predefined shape.
- the portion (e.g., 650, Figure 6J) of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a circle.
- the expanded insertion marker 657 is within the circle.
- the detected movement of the finger contact has a horizontal component on the touch screen display and a vertical component on the touch screen display.
- moving the expanded insertion marker 657 in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker and the expanded portion of the graphics in accordance with the horizontal component of motion of the finger contact if the finger contact moves outside a text entry area without breaking contact.
- the expanded insertion point 657 and the expanded portion 650 of the graphics may move horizontally along the lower portion of the text entry area in accordance with the horizontal component of the movement from 648-2 to 648-3 (not shown).
- moving the expanded insertion marker in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker in a first area of the touch screen that includes characters entered using a soft keyboard (e.g., text box 612, Figure 6J) 5 wherein the soft keyboard is located in a second area of the touch screen that is separate from the first area (e.g., keyboard 616, Figure 6J).
- a soft keyboard e.g., text box 612, Figure 6J
- the soft keyboard is located in a second area of the touch screen that is separate from the first area (e.g., keyboard 616, Figure 6J).
- the expanded insertion marker is contracted from the second size to the first size if finger contact with the touch screen display is broken (e.g., insertion marker 656, Figure 6K).
- the contracting includes an animation of the expanded insertion marker 657 shrinking into the insertion marker 656 at the second location.
- the expanded portion 650 of the graphics is contracted if finger contact with the touch screen display is no longer detected for a predetermined time.
- a graphical user interface on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises an insertion marker and graphics.
- the insertion marker is expanded from a first size 656 to a second size 657, and a portion 650 of the graphics is expanded.
- the expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from a first location 657-1 in the graphics to a second location 657-2 in the graphics.
- Patent Application No. 11/553,436, "Method, System, And Graphical User Interface For Positioning An Insertion Marker In A Touch Screen Display," filed October 26, 2006, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Figures 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interfaces 800A and 800B ( Figures 7 A and 7B) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Groups icon 802 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of groups of contacts;
- First name icon 804 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an alphabetical display of the user's contacts by their first names ( Figure 7B);
- Last name icon 806 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an alphabetical display of the user's contacts by their last names ( Figure 7A); • Alphabet list icons 808 that the user can touch to quickly arrive at a particular first letter in the displayed contact list;
- Cancel icon 810 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer back to the previous UI (e.g., UI 500, Figure 5);
- the user may scroll through the contact list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 814 on the touch screen.
- Figure 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 1000 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • Viewfinder 1002; • Camera roll 1004 that manages images and/or videos taken with the camera;
- Timer 1010 for taking an image after a predefined time delay • Image 1012 that appears (e.g., via the animation illustrated schematically in Figure 8) to be added to camera roll 1004 when it is obtained.
- the orientation of the camera in the shutter icon 1006 rotates as the device 100 is rotated between portrait and landscape orientations.
- Figure 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 1100 ( Figure 9) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Thumbnail images 1102 of images and/or videos obtained by camera 143 • Thumbnail images 1102 of images and/or videos obtained by camera 143;
- Camera icon 1104 or done icon 1110 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the camera UI (e.g., UI 1000);
- the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1102 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1106 on the touch screen.
- a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail e.g., a tap gesture 1108 on thumbnail 1102-11 initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1200A, Figure 10A).
- vertical bar 1112 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the thumbnails 1102).
- the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the camera roll that corresponds to the vertical position in the camera roll of the displayed portion of the camera roll.
- the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the camera roll being displayed. For example, in Figure 9, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that the middle of the camera roll is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that roughly half of the images in the camera roll are being displayed.
- Figures 10A- 1OC illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 1200A Figure 10A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Camera roll icon 1202 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the camera roll UI (e.g., UI 1100, Figure 9); • Image 1204;
- Additional options icon 1206 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI with additional options for use of image 1204;
- Previous image icon 1208 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous image in the camera roll (e.g., 1102-10); • Play icon 1210 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the camera roll;
- Next image icon 1212 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next image in the camera roll (e.g., 1102-12);
- Delete symbol icon 1214 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete image 1204 (e.g. UI
- the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1216 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from left to right on the image. [UU 17UJ In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1218 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from right to left on the image.
- image 1204 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1204 moves offscreen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
- a tap gesture such as 1216 or 1218 magnifies the image
- repeating the tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
- the vertical bar 1222 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204).
- the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
- the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 1OA, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that the top of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that a portion from the top half of the image is being displayed.
- horizontal bar 1224 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204).
- the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
- the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 1OA, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the right side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion from the right half of the image is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 1222 and horizontal bar 1224 indicate that the northeast quadrant of the image 1204 is being displayed.
- user interface 1200B ( Figure 10B) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- the image may go through a deletion animation to show the user that the image is being deleted.
- Figures 1 IA and 1 IB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 1300A ( Figure 1 IA) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
- Selection icons 1308 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12);
- Settings icon 1310 that brings up a settings menu when activated by a user gesture (e.g., a tap gesture);
- one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g., one of the photo albums (e.g.,
- 1306-7 may correspond to the user's photo library; another album (e.g., 1306-8) may correspond to the camera roll ( Figure 9); another album (e.g., 1306-9) may correspond to images added to the photo library in the last 12 months; and other albums (e.g., 1306-10 - 1306-13) may correspond to albums created and organized by the user.
- the albums may be downloaded on to the device from a wide range of sources, such as the user's desktop or laptop computer, the Internet, etc.
- a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular album (e.g., a tap on the graphic 1304, album name 1306, or selection icon 1308) to initiate display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12).
- a particular album e.g., a tap on the graphic 1304, album name 1306, or selection icon 1308
- the corresponding album e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12
- vertical bar 1314 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of albums).
- the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in Figure HB, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that the top of the list of albums is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that roughly half of the albums in the list are being displayed.
- Figure 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 1500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Photo albums icon 1502 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the photo albums UI (e.g., UI 1300B, Figure 1 IB);
- Thumbnail images 1506 of images in the corresponding album • Play icon 1508 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the album; and • Vertical bar 1514 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of thumbnail images 1506 in an album is being displayed.
- the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1506 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1510 on the touch screen.
- a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail e.g., a tap gesture 1512 on thumbnail 1506-11
- initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image e.g., UI 1600A and 1600B, Figures 13A and 13B).
- vertical bar 1514 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of thumbnails).
- the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in Figure 12, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that the middle of the list of thumbnails is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that roughly half of the thumbnails in the album are being displayed.
- Figures 13A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interfaces 1600A and 1600B ( Figures 13 A and 13B) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Album name icon 1602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the corresponding album UI (e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12);
- Image 1606 • Additional options icon 1608 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI with additional options for use of image 1606;
- Previous image icon 1610 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous image in the album (e.g., 1506-10);
- Play icon 1612 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the album; and • Next image icon 1614 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next image in the album (e.g., 1506-12).
- icons 1608, 1610, 1612, and 1614 are displayed in response to detecting a gesture on the touch screen (e.g., a single finger tap on the image 1606) and then cease to be displayed if no interaction with the touch screen is detected after a predetermined time (e.g., 3-5 seconds), thereby providing a "heads up display” effect for these icons.
- a gesture on the touch screen e.g., a single finger tap on the image 1606
- a predetermined time e.g., 3-5 seconds
- the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1618 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from left to right on the image.
- the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1620 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from right to left on the image.
- image 1606 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1606 moves off screen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
- a double tap gesture such as 1618 or 1620 magnifies the image 1606 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1606 is displayed.
- repeating the double tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
- a multi-finger de-pinching gesture magnifies the image
- a multi-finger pinching gesture demagnifies the image 1606 by a variable amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger pinching gesture.
- the vertical bar 1622 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606).
- the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
- the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 13 A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that the bottom of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that a portion from the bottom half of the image is being displayed.
- horizontal bar 1624 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606).
- the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image.
- the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 13 A, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the left side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1624 indicates that a portion from the left half of the image is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 indicate that the southwest quadrant of the image 1606 is being displayed.
- UI 1600A (including image 1606) is rotated by 90° to UI 1600B ( Figure 13B).
- UI 1600B if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed in landscape orientation (UI 1600B, Figure 13B), vertical bar 1628 and horizontal bar 1630 are displayed and act in an analogous manner to vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 (UI 1600A, Figure 13A), described above.
- the UI 1600B in response to detecting a change in orientation of the device 100 from a landscape orientation to a portrait orientation (e.g., using accelerometer 168), the UI 1600B is rotated by 90° to UI 1600A ( Figure 13A).
- FIG. 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
- the device in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, displays a series of video categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 2101 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Playlists row 2108, the UI changes from a display of video categories (UI 2100A, Figure 14A) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B).
- the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B) to a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100C, Figure 14C), and so forth.
- the device in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device navigates back up through the hierarchy of video categories and sub- categories. For example, if the user activates Playlists icon 2106 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100C, Figure 14C) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B).
- a series of gestures e.g., finger taps
- the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B) to a display of video categories (UI 2100A, Figure 14A).
- the device in response to user selection of a particular video (e.g., by a tap or other predefined gesture on the graphic, title, or anywhere 2112 ( Figure 14C) in the row for a particular video), the device displays the selected video (e.g., King Kong) in a video player UI.
- the selected video e.g., King Kong
- FIG. 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
- the touch screen in response to the user activating All icon 2810, displays a list of all recent calls (e.g., UI 2800A, Figure 15A).
- the touch screen in response to the user activating Missed icon 2812, displays a list of recent missed calls (e.g., UI 2800B, Figure 15B).
- each row in a list corresponds to a call or a consecutive sequence of calls involving the same person or the same number (without an intervening call involving another person or another phone number).
- each row includes: the name 2802 of the other party (if available via the contact module) or the phone number (if the name of the other party is not available); the number 2804 of consecutive calls; the date and/or time 2806 of the last call; and an additional information icon 2808.
- the touch screen in response to the user activating icon 2808 for a particular row (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays the corresponding contact list entry for the other party (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure 15C) or UI 2800D ( Figure 15D) if the phone number cannot be associated with an entry in the user's contact list.
- the phone module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture elsewhere (i.e., a tap or gesture other than on icon 2808) in a given row, dials the corresponding phone number for that row.
- some rows may include icons indicating whether the last call associated with the row was missed or answered. [00209] If the list of recent calls fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 2814 on the touch screen.
- UI 2800C ( Figure 15C) highlights (e.g., with color, shading, and/or holding) the phone number associated with the recent call (e.g., the two recent incoming calls from Bruce Walker in UI 2800A, Figure 15 A, came from Bruce Walker's work number 2816).
- the phone module dials the highlighted number (e.g., 2816).
- the phone module dials the corresponding number in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on another number in the contact list entry (e.g., home number 2818).
- the mail module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on an email address in the contact list entry (e.g., either work email 2820 or home email 2822), the mail module prepares an email message with the selected email address, ready for text input by the user.
- the user may then easily respond to a caller using the same number involved in the previous call (e.g., 2816), another number associated with the same caller (e.g., 2818), or another mode of communication besides the phone (e.g., an email to the caller's work 2820 or home 2822 email address).
- UI 2800D ( Figure 15D) provides one or more options for a user to make use of a phone number in a recent call that is not associated with an entry in the user's contact list.
- the device in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture, the device may: call the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2824); initiate creation of a text message or other instant message to the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2825); create a new contact with the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2826); or add the phone number to an existing contact (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2828).
- one or more recent calls selected by the user are deleted from the list of recent calls.
- Figures 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interfaces 3200A-3200D Figures 16A- 16D include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Additional information icon 3214 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to the corresponding contact list entry (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure
- Speaker icon 3216 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates playback of the voicemail through a speaker;
- Options icon 3218 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a menu of additional voicemail options;
- Pause icon 3220 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates pausing of the voicemail, which may be displayed apart from individual messages ( Figure 16A) or adjacent to a selected message ( Figure 16C);
- Delete symbol icon 3222 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete the corresponding voicemail (e.g. UI 3200B, Figure 16B or UI 3200D, Figure 16D).
- Cancel icon 3226 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) changes the display from UI 3200B to UI 3200A (or from UI 3200D to UI 3200C) without deleting the corresponding voicemail
- Confirm delete icon 3228 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the corresponding voicemail and changes the display from UI 3200B to UI 3200A (or from UI 3200D to UI 3200C);
- Play icon 3230 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates or continues playback of the voicemail, which may be displayed apart from individual messages ( Figure 16B) or adjacent to a selected message ( Figure 16C); • Not heard icon 3232 that indicates that the corresponding voicemail has not been heard;
- a vertical bar 3260 ( Figure 16C), analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the list of voicemails that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
- the phone module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail.
- the phone module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail.
- the phone module in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail.
- the voicemails may be heard in any order.
- the playback position in the voicemail in response to a user gesture, can be modified. For example, in response to the user's finger touching 3206 at or near the end of the progress bar and then sliding along the progress bar, the playback position may be altered to correspond to the position of the user's finger along the progress bar. This user gesture on the progress bar makes it easy for a user to skip to and/or replay portions of interest in the voicemail message.
- Figure 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interface 3300 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- an unread messages icon 3304 that indicates the number of unread messages
- a settings icon 3308 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to input mailbox settings
- a create email icon 3310 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for creating a new email message (e.g. UI 3400A, Figure 18A).
- UI 3400A UI 3400A, Figure 18A.
- a vertical bar is displayed on top of the list of mailboxes that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
- Figures 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
- the device In response to the user activating create email icon 3310 ( Figure 17), the device displays UI 3400A ( Figure 18A).
- UI 3400A Figure 18A
- the user if the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the subject line 3408 or in the body of the email 3412 ( Figure 18A), a letter keyboard 616 appears and the user may input the subject and/or body text ( Figure 18C).
- the user to enter the email address, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact; and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message ( Figure 18C).
- the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact (e.g., tapping on Janet Walker in the contact list); and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message (Figure 18C).
- the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email ( Figure 18A).
- Add recipient icon 3422 appears, which when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon 3422) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 3426, Figure 18B) that match the input, if any, in the To: field. For example, if the letter "B" is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "B" are shown.
- the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "Br", and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 3426). If others need to be copied on the email, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email and follows an analogous procedure to that used for inputting addresses in the To: field.
- a user can scroll through the list 3426 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 3428 to the area displaying the list 3426.
- a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward
- a vertical bar 3430 ( Figure 18B) is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 3426).
- the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
- the user may also enter the email address using one or more keyboards (e.g., 616 and 624, not shown).
- keyboards e.g., 616 and 624, not shown.
- the device sends the email message in response to the user activating the send icon 3404 ( Figure 18C) (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon).
- the device may display a save draft icon and a don't save (or delete message) icon.
- the device saves the draft if the user activates the save draft icon 1810, e.g., in a drafts folder in mail client 140 ( Figure 17).
- the device deletes the draft if the user activates the don't save icon 1812.
- the touch screen in response to the user activating the attach icon 3410 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays a UI for adding attachments (not shown).
- Figures 19A- 191 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments.
- Analogous user interfaces may be used to display and manage the other mailboxes (e.g., drafts, sent, trash, personal, and/or work in UI 3300, Figure 17).
- user interfaces 3500A-3500I Figures 19A- 191) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, 406, and 3310, as described above;
- mailboxes icon 3502 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of mailbox UI 3300 ( Figure 17);
- preview pane separator 3518 that separates the list of messages from a preview of a selected message in the list
- settings icon 3520 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a settings user interface
- • move message icon 3522 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a move message user interface
- • Delete symbol icon 3524 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete the selected email (e.g. UI 3500E, Figure 19E);
- Reply/Forward icon 3526 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to select how to reply or forward the selected email (e.g. UI 3500F, Figure 19F or UI 35001, Figure 191);
- Details icon 3530 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of email addressing details 3534 ( Figure 19C);
- Cancel icon 3540 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous user interface (e.g. UI 3500D, Figure 19D);
- Confirm delete icon 3542 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the selected email
- Forward icon 3548 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email to be forwarded;
- Refresh mailbox icon 3560 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates downloading of new email messages, if any, from a remote server.
- the user may scroll through the emails using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3514 on the touch screen.
- vertical bar 3554 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of email messages).
- the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email list being displayed. For example, in Figure 19H, the vertical position of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that the middle of the email list is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that roughly one third of the e-mail list is being displayed.
- the email subjects 3508 are not displayed if the preview pane 3528 is used.
- the position of the preview pane separator can be adjusted by the user making contact 3516 at or near the preview pane separator and moving the separator to the desired location by dragging the finger contact 3538.
- arrows 3539 or other graphics appear during the positioning of the preview pane separator (e.g., UI 3500D, Figure 19D) to help guide the user.
- the email message in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506, 3510, and/or 3508) about a particular email message, some or all of the text in the row is highlighted (e.g., by coloring, shading, or bolding) and the corresponding message is displayed in the preview pane area.
- the email message in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506, 3510, and/or 3508) about a particular email message, the email message is displayed on the full screen if the preview pane is not being used.
- the user may scroll through the email using two-dimensional gestures 3532 in the preview pane with vertical and/or horizontal movement of the email on the touch screen.
- vertical bar 3556 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528).
- the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email message that corresponds to the vertical position in the email of the displayed portion of the email.
- the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in Figure 19H, the vertical position of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that the top of the email is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that a portion from the top quarter of the email is being displayed.
- horizontal bar 3558 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528).
- the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the email that corresponds to the horizontal position in the email of the displayed portion of the email.
- the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in Figure 19H, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion of the left side of the email is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion from the left half of the email is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 3556 and horizontal bar 3558 indicate that the northwest corner of the email message in the preview pane is being displayed. [00239] In some embodiments, an email is displayed such that only vertical scrolling is needed, in which case horizontal bar 3558 is not used
- the touch screen in response to user activation of an additional information icon (e.g., ">") on the detail information 3534 in Figure 19C (e.g., by a finger tap 3536 on the icon), the touch screen may display contact list information for the corresponding party, if available (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure 15C) or a UI analogous to UI 2800D, Figure 15D.
- an additional information icon e.g., ">”
- the touch screen may display contact list information for the corresponding party, if available (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure 15C) or a UI analogous to UI 2800D, Figure 15D.
- Figure 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments, hi some embodiments, user interface 3600 ( Figure 19J) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
- Message list displays 3606 for selecting whether sender 3506 and/or subject 3508 information is displayed in the emails lists; • Display newest messages 3608 for selecting whether the newest messages are displayed at the top or bottom of the screen;
- Preferred message format 3612 for selecting how the messages are formatted e.g., HTML or plain text
- Selection icons 3616 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) show choices for the corresponding settings.
- a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular setting to initiate display of the corresponding setting choices.
- Figures 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
- user interfaces 3900A-3900G include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
- Previous page icon 3902 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous web page;
- Next page icon 3906 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next web page;
- Refresh icon 3910 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a refresh of the web page;
- Web page 3912 or other structured document which is made of blocks 3914 of text content and other graphics (e.g., images and inline multimedia);
- Settings icon 3916 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a settings menu for the browser;
- Bookmarks icon 3918 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a bookmarks list or menu for the browser;
- Add bookmark icon 3920 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for adding bookmarks;
- New window icon 3922 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for adding new windows to the browser;
- Vertical bar 3962 ( Figures 2OF and 20G), analogous to the vertical bars described above, for the web page 3912 or other structured document that helps a user understand what portion of the web page 3912 or other structured document is being displayed;
- Horizontal bar 3964 ( Figures 2OF and 20G), analogous to the horizontal bars described above, for the web page 3912 or other structured document that helps a user understand what portion of the web page 3912 or other structured document is being displayed;
- the block in response to a predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture), the block is enlarged and centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
- a predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture
- block 3914-5 may be enlarged and centered in the display, as shown in UI 3900C, Figure 2OC.
- the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display.
- the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display with a predefined amount of padding along the sides of the display.
- a zooming animation of the block is displayed during enlargement of the block.
- block 3914-2 may be enlarged with a zooming animation and two-dimensionally scrolled to the center of the display (not shown).
- the device analyzes the render tree of the web page
- a block 3914 corresponds to a render node that is: replaced; a block; an inline block; or an inline table.
- the web page image in response to the same predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) that is already enlarged and centered, the enlargement and/or centering is substantially or completely reversed.
- a single tap gesture 3929 ( Figure 20C) on block 3914-5 the web page image may zoom out and return to UI 3900A, Figure 2OA.
- a predefined gesture e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture
- the block in response to a predefined gesture (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) by the user on a block 3914 that is already enlarged but not centered, the block is centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display.
- a predefined gesture e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture
- the device may display in an intuitive manner a series of blocks that the user wants to view.
- This same gesture may initiate different actions in different contexts (e.g., (1) zooming and/or enlarging in combination with scrolling when the web page is reduced in size, UI 3900A and (2) reversing the enlargement and/or centering if the block is already centered and enlarged).
- the web page in response to a multi-touch 3931 and 3933 de- pinching gesture by the user ( Figure 20C), the web page may be enlarged. Conversely, in response to a multi-touch pinching gesture by the user, the web page may be reduced.
- the web page in response to a substantially vertical upward (or downward) swipe gesture by the user, may scroll one-dimensionally upward (or downward) in the vertical direction.
- the web page in response to an upward swipe gesture 3937 by the user that is within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll one- dimensionally upward in the vertical direction.
- the web page in response to a swipe gesture that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally (i.e., with simultaneous movement in both the vertical and horizontal directions).
- a swipe gesture that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical
- the web page in response to an upward swipe gesture 3939 ( Figure 20C) by the user that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally along the direction of the swipe 3939.
- the web page in response to a multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture by the user ( Figure 20C), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° (UI 3900D, Figure 20D) for landscape viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°.
- the web page in response to a multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture by the user (UI 3900D, Figure 20D), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° for portrait viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°.
- the device behaves in the manner desired by the user despite inaccurate input by the user.
- the gestures described for UI 3900C which has a portrait view, are also applicable to UIs with a landscape view (e.g., UI 3900D, Figure 20D) so that the user can choose whichever view the user prefers for web browsing.
- a portable electronic device with a touch screen display [00255] In some embodiments, a portable electronic device with a touch screen display
- the structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914, Figure 20A).
- the plurality of boxes are defined by a style sheet language.
- the style sheet language is a cascading style sheet language.
- the structured electronic document is a web page (e.g., web page 3912, Figure 20A).
- the structured electronic document is an HTML or XML document.
- displaying at least a portion of the structured electronic document comprises scaling the document width to fit within the touch screen display width independent of the document length.
- the touch screen display is rectangular with a short axis and a long axis; the display width corresponds to the short axis when the structured electronic document is seen in portrait view (e.g., Figure 20C); and the display width corresponds to the long axis when the structured electronic document is seen in landscape view (e.g., Figure 20D).
- borders, margins, and/or paddings are determined for the plurality of boxes and adjusted for display on the touch screen display.
- a first gesture is detected at a location on the displayed portion of the structured electronic document (e.g., gesture 3923, Figure 20A).
- the first gesture is a finger gesture.
- the first gesture is a stylus gesture.
- the first gesture is a tap gesture.
- the first gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
- a first box e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20A in the plurality of boxes is determined at the location of the first gesture.
- the structured electronic document has an associated render tree with a plurality of nodes and determining the first box at the location of the first gesture comprises: traversing down the render tree to determine a first node in the plurality of nodes that corresponds to the detected location of the first gesture; traversing up the render tree from the first node to a closest parent node that contains a logical grouping of content; and identifying content corresponding to the closest parent node as the first box.
- the logical grouping of content comprises a paragraph, an image, a plugin object, or a table.
- the closest parent node is a replaced inline, a block, an inline block, or an inline table.
- the first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display
- enlarging and substantially centering comprises simultaneously zooming and translating the first box on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, enlarging comprises expanding the first box so that the width of the first box is substantially the same as the width of the touch screen display.
- text in the enlarged first box is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display.
- the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the first box; and if a text size for text in the first box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the first box to at least the determined minimum text size.
- the first box has a width; the display has a display width; and the scale factor is the display width divided by the width of the first box prior to enlarging.
- the resizing occurs during the enlarging. In some embodiments, the resizing occurs after the enlarging.
- text in the structured electronic document is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display.
- the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and if a text size for text in the structured electronic document is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the structured electronic document to at least the determined minimum text size.
- the text resizing comprises: identifying boxes containing text in the plurality of boxes; determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and for each identified box containing text, if a text size for text in the identified box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the identified box to at least the determined minimum text size and adjusting the size of the identified box.
- a second gesture e.g., gesture 3929, Figure 20C
- the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is reduced in size.
- the first box returns to its size prior to being enlarged.
- the second gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture.
- the second gesture is a finger gesture.
- the second gesture is a stylus gesture.
- the second gesture is a tap gesture.
- the second gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
- a third gesture e.g., gesture 3927 or gesture 3935, Figure 20C
- the second box is substantially centered on the touch screen display.
- the third gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture.
- the third gesture is a finger gesture.
- the third gesture is a stylus gesture.
- the third gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
- a swipe gesture (e.g., gesture 3937 or gesture 3939, Figure 20C) is detected on the touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is translated on the touch screen display.
- the translating comprises vertical, horizontal, or diagonal movement of the structured electronic document on the touch screen display.
- the swipe gesture is a finger gesture.
- the swipe gesture is a stylus gesture.
- a fifth gesture e.g., multi-touch gesture 3941/3943,
- Figure 20C is detected on the touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90 °.
- the fifth gesture is a finger gesture.
- the fifth gesture is a multifinger gesture.
- the fifth gesture is a twisting multifinger gesture.
- a change in orientation of the device is detected.
- the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90°.
- a multi-finger de-pinch gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3931/3933, Figure 20C) is detected on the touch screen display.
- a portion of the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is enlarged on the touch screen display in accordance with a position of the multi-finger de-pinch gesture and an amount of finger movement in the multifinger de-pinch gesture.
- a graphical user interface (e.g., UI 3900A, Figure 20A) on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises at least a portion of a structured electronic document (e.g., web page 3912, Figure 20A).
- the structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914, Figure 20A).
- a first gesture e.g., gesture 3923, Figure 20A
- a first box e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20A
- the first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20C).
- the touch screen displays an enlarged entry box 3926 and a keyboard 616 (e.g., UI 3900B, Figure 2OB in portrait viewing and UI 3900E, Figure 2OE in landscape viewing).
- the touch screen also displays: • Contextual clear icon 3928 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates deletion of all text in entry box 3926;
- a search icon 3930 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an Internet search using the search terms input in box 3926; and • Go to URL icon 3932 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates acquisition of the web page with the URL input in box 3926;
- FIG. 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player 152 in accordance with some embodiments.
- icons for major content categories are displayed in a first area of the display (e.g., 4340, Figure 21A).
- the first area also includes an icon (e.g., more icon 4316) that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) leads to additional content categories (e.g., albums, audiobooks, compilations, composers, genres, and podcasts in Figure 43J).
- the player 152 includes a now playing icon 4302 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) takes the user directly to a UI displaying information about the currently playing music (not shown).
- the device in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, displays a series of content categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 4306 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Top 25 row 4318, the UI changes from a display of playlist categories (UI 4300A, Figure 41A) to a display of the Top 25 sub-category (UI 4300B, Figure 21B).
- a vertical bar is displayed on top of the category/sub- category that helps a user understand what portion of the category/sub-category is being displayed (e.g., vertical bar 4320, Figure 21B).
- a user can scroll through the list of items in the category/sub-category by applying a vertical or substantially vertical swipe gesture 4322 to the area displaying the list.
- a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
- a scrolling gesture e.g., 4324, Figure 21C
- background 4326-1 appears and the vertical bar 4320-1 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the top of the list has been reached.
- the list may move back to the top of the display and the background 4326-1 shrinks to nothing.
- background 4326-2 appears and the vertical bar 4320-2 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the bottom of the list has been reached.
- an index item/symbol e.g., the letter A 4330-1
- a respective information item subset e.g., artists 4332 whose name begins with the letter A.
- the index item/symbol may move to the upper edge of a window (e.g., window 4336, Figure 21F).
- the index item/symbol may remain there until the end of the respective information item subset is reached, at which time the index item/symbol may be replaced with a subsequent index item/symbol (e.g., the letter B 4330-2).
- a subsequent index item/symbol e.g., the letter B 4330-2.
- FIG. 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments. Additional description of calendars can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,820, "System And Method For Viewing And Managing Calendar Entries," filed January 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. [00288] In some embodiments, vertical and horizontal bars help a user understand what portion of a list or document is being displayed.
- Figure 23A is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2300 of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments.
- a portable multifunction device displays (2302) a portion of a list of items on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list.
- the list of items is a list of contacts (e.g. Figure 7A), a list of instant message conversations (e.g. Figure 5), a list of instant messages (e.g. Figure 6A), a list of photo albums (e.g. Figure 1 IB), a list of audio content (e.g., Figure 21B), a list of video content (e.g. Figure 14C), a list of calendar entries (e.g. Figure 22C), a list of recent calls (e.g. Figure 15B), a list of mailboxes (e.g. Figure 17), a list of emails (e.g. Figure 19A), a list of settings (e.g., Figure 19J), or a list of voicemail messages (e.g. Figure 16C).
- contacts e.g. Figure 7A
- a list of instant message conversations e.g. Figure 5
- a list of instant messages e.g. Figure 6A
- a list of photo albums e.g. Figure 1 IB
- An object is detected (2304) on or near the displayed portion of the list.
- the object is a finger.
- a vertical bar is displayed (2306) on top of the displayed portion of the list. See, for example, vertical bar 640 in Figure 6G, and vertical bar 1314 in Figure HA.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
- the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the list.
- the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
- the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the list along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
- a movement of the object is detected (2308) on or near the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
- the list of items displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled (2310) so that a new portion of the list is displayed and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed new portion of the list, hi some embodiments, scrolling the list has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, scrolling the list is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
- the display of the vertical bar is ceased (2312) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, even though displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
- the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2314). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2316). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the list (2318).
- a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
- the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list.
- the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
- Figure 23B is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2330 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
- a portable multifunction device displays (2332) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document.
- the electronic document is a web page (e.g., Figure 20A).
- the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., Figure 19B), or presentation document.
- An object is detected (2334) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the object is a finger.
- a vertical bar is displayed (2336) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 1222 in Figure 1OA and vertical bar 3962 in Figure 2OF.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed.
- the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
- the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar (see, for example, vertical bar 1222 in Figure 10, and vertical bar 3962 in Figure 20H).
- a movement of the object is detected (2338) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
- the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
- the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled (2340) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
- scrolling the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
- scrolling the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
- the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2344). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2346). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document (2348) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
- a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- FIG. 23 C is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2360 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
- a portable multifunction device displays (2362) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document.
- the electronic document is a web page (e.g., Figure 20A).
- the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., Figure 19B), or presentation document.
- An object is detected (2364) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the object is a finger.
- a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed (2366) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 3962 and horizontal bar 3964 in Figure 2OH.
- the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document and the horizontal bar is located on the bottom side of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are translucent or transparent.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed.
- the horizontal bar has a major axis, substantially perpendicular to the major axis of the vertical bar, and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the horizontal bar is not covered by the horizontal bar.
- a movement of the object is detected (2368) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
- the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is translated (2370) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed.
- the electronic document is translated in a vertical direction, a horizontal direction, or a diagonal direction.
- the electronic document is translated in accordance with the movement of the object.
- translating the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
- translating the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
- the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal position of the horizontal bar is moved to a new horizontal position such that the new horizontal position corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
- the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2374). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2376). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document (2378).
- a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display.
- the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document.
- the GUI also comprises a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document, and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document.
- the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
- the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
- Vertical and horizontal bars may have, without limitation, a rectangular cross section, a rectangular cross section with rounded corners, or a racetrack oval cross section with two opposing flat sides and two opposing rounded sides.
- the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items. This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable.
- the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when only a portion of an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items.
- This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable and that only a portion of the electronic document or list of items is being displayed.
- the vertical and/or horizontal bars provide portable multifunction devices with more transparent and intuitive user interfaces for navigating portions of electronic documents and/or lists of items that are easy to use.
- the vertical and/or horizontal bars do not reduce the screen area available for the display of documents, lists, and other content.
Abstract
In a computer- implemented method, a portion of an electronic document (3912) is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document (step 2332). An. object (202) is detected on or near the' displayed portion of the electronic document (step 2334). In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar (3962) is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar (3962) has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document (step 2336). After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar (3962) is ceased (step 2342). The vertical bar (3962) is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document (3912) is initially displayed.
Description
Portable Electronic Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Electronic Lists and Documents
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0001] The disclosed embodiments relate generally to portable electronic devices, and more particularly, to portable devices that display portions of electronic documents and/or portions of lists of items.
BACKGROUND
[0002] As portable electronic devices become more compact, and the number of functions performed by a given device increase, it has become a significant challenge to design a user interface that allows users to easily interact with a multifunction device. This challenge is particular significant for handheld portable devices, which have much smaller screens than desktop or laptop computers. This situation is unfortunate because the user interface is the gateway through which users receive not only content but also responses to user actions or behaviors, including user attempts to access a device's features, tools, and functions. Some portable communication devices (e.g., mobile telephones, sometimes called mobile phones, cell phones, cellular telephones, and the like) have resorted to adding more pushbuttons, increasing the density of push buttons, overloading the functions of pushbuttons, or using complex menu systems to allow a user to access, store and manipulate data. These conventional user interfaces often result in complicated key sequences and menu hierarchies that must be memorized by the user.
[0003] Many conventional user interfaces, such as those that include physical pushbuttons, are also inflexible. This is unfortunate because it may prevent a user interface from being configured and/or adapted by either an application running on the portable device or by users. When coupled with the time consuming requirement to memorize multiple key sequences and menu hierarchies, and the difficulty in activating a desired pushbutton, such inflexibility is frustrating to most users.
[0004] In particular, when a conventional user interface on a portable device is used to display a portion of an electronic document or of a list of items, a user may not be able to tell the position in the document or list of the displayed portion. The user also may not be able to tell what fraction of the document or list corresponds to the displayed portion.
Lacking this knowledge, the user may find viewing and navigating the document or list to be confusing and frustrating. In some portable devices, scroll bars are used to indicate the position in the document or list of the displayed portion. But scroll bars are fixed user interface features that take up valuable display screen area on an already small display screen. [0005] Accordingly, there is a need for portable multifunction devices with more transparent and intuitive user interfaces for navigating portions of electronic documents and/or lists of items that are easy to use and that do not reduce the screen area available for the display of documents, lists, and other content. Such interfaces increase the effectiveness, efficiency and user satisfaction with portable multifunction devices.
SUMMARY
[0006] The above deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for portable devices are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed portable multifunction device. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a "touch screen") with a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, the functions may include telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, blogging, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, and/or digital video playing. Instructions for performing these functions may be included in a computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
[0007] In one aspect of the invention, a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display. In the method, a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting the object, a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the
electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar and of the horizontal bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed. [0008] In another aspect of the invention, a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed. [0009] In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs. The one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to
detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The one or more programs also include instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[0010] In another aspect of the invention, a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and display a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The instructions also cause the device to cease to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the instructions also cause the device to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[UOIl] In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The device also comprises means for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed. [0012] In another aspect of the invention, a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display. In the method a portion of a list of items is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the list. In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the list. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
[0013] In another aspect of the invention, a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
[0014] In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs. The one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the one or more programs also include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
[0015] In another aspect of the invention, a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the instructions cause the device to
display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
[0016] In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the device also comprises means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
[0017] In another aspect of the invention, a computer-implemented method is used in conjunction with a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display. In the method, a portion of an electronic document is displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document. An object is detected on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar is displayed on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, display of the vertical bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[0018] In another aspect of the invention, a graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of
the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[0019] In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device comprises: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs. The one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs include: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the one or more programs include instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[0020] In another aspect of the invention, a computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs. The one or more programs include instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the instructions cause the device to display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[UU21J In another aspect of the invention, a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met. In some embodiments, the device includes means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
[0022] The disclosed embodiments allow a user to understand what portion of an electronic document or list of items is being displayed. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0023] For a better understanding of the aforementioned embodiments of the invention as well as additional embodiments thereof, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. [0024] Figures IA and IB are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices with touch-sensitive displays in accordance with some embodiments.
[0025] Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
[0026] Figure 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0027] Figures 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
[0028] Figure 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. [0029] Figures 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
[0030] Figures 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
[0031] Figure 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments. [0032] Figure 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments.
[0033] Figures 10A- 1OC illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments.
[0034] Figures 1 IA and 1 IB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments.
[0035] Figure 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments.
[0036] Figures 13 A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments. [0037] Figures 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
[0038] Figures 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
[0039] Figures 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments.
[0040] Figure 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments.
[0041] Figures 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments. [0042] Figures 19A- 191 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments.
[0043] Figure 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments.
10044] Figures 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
[0045] Figures 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player in accordance with some embodiments. [0046] Figures 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments.
[0047] Figure 23 A is a flow diagram illustrating a process of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments.
[0048] Figures 23B and 23 C are flow diagrams illustrating processes of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0049] Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the present invention may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.
[0050] It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. may be used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first gesture could be termed a second gesture, and, similarly, a second gesture could be termed a first gesture, without departing from the scope of the present invention.
[0051] The terminology used in the description of the invention herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting of the invention. As used in the description of the invention and the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms "comprises" and/or "comprising," when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps,
operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
[0052] Embodiments of a portable multifunction device, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device such as a mobile telephone that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
[0053] The user interface may include a physical click wheel in addition to a touch screen or a virtual click wheel displayed on the touch screen. A click wheel is a user- interface device that may provide navigation commands based on an angular displacement of the wheel or a point of contact with the wheel by a user of the device. A click wheel may also be used to provide a user command corresponding to selection of one or more items, for example, when the user of the device presses down on at least a portion of the wheel or the center of the wheel. Alternatively, breaking contact with a click wheel image on a touch screen surface may indicate a user command corresponding to selection. For simplicity, in the discussion that follows, a portable multifunction device that includes a touch screen is used as an exemplary embodiment. It should be understood, however, that some of the user interfaces and associated processes may be applied to other devices, such as personal computers and laptop computers, that may include one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical click wheel, a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.
[0054] The device supports a variety of applications, such as a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a blogging application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
[0055] The various applications that may be executed on the device may use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch screen. One or more functions of the touch screen as well as corresponding information displayed on the device may be adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch screen) of the device may support the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent.
[UU56J The user interfaces may include one or more soft keyboard embodiments. The soft keyboard embodiments may include standard (QWERTY) and/or non-standard configurations of symbols on the displayed icons of the keyboard, such as those described in U.S. Patent Applications No. 11/459,606, "Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices," filed July 24, 2006, and No. 11/459,615, "Touch Screen Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices," filed July 24, 2006, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. The keyboard embodiments may include a reduced number of icons (or soft keys) relative to the number of keys in existing physical keyboards, such as that for a typewriter. This may make it easier for users to select one or more icons in the keyboard, and thus, one or more corresponding symbols. The keyboard embodiments may be adaptive. For example, displayed icons may be modified in accordance with user actions, such as selecting one or more icons and/or one or more corresponding symbols. One or more applications on the portable device may utilize common and/or different keyboard embodiments. Thus, the keyboard embodiment used may be tailored to at least some of the applications. In some embodiments, one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user. For example, one or more keyboard embodiments may be tailored to a respective user based on a word usage history (lexicography, slang, individual usage) of the respective user. Some of the keyboard embodiments may be adjusted to reduce a probability of a user error when selecting one or more icons, and thus one or more symbols, when using the soft keyboard embodiments.
[0057] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of the device. Figures IA and
IB are block diagrams illustrating portable multifunction devices 100 with touch-sensitive displays 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes called a "touch screen" for convenience, and may also be known as or called a touch-sensitive display system. The device 100 may include a memory 102 (which may include one or more computer readable storage mediums), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPU's) 120, a peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, a speaker 111, a microphone 113, an input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and an external port 124. The device 100 may include one or more optical sensors 164. These components may communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
[0058] It should be appreciated that the device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device 100, and that the device 100 may have more or fewer components than
shown, may combine two or more components, or a may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in Figures IA and IB may be implemented in hardware, software or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits. [0059] Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non- volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of the device 100, such as the CPU 120 and the peripherals interface 118, may be controlled by the memory controller 122. [0060] The peripherals interface 118 couples the input and output peripherals of the device to the CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for the device 100 and to process data.
[0061] In some embodiments, the peripherals interface 118, the CPU 120, and the memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as a chip 104. In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.
[0062] The RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. The RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. The RF circuitry 108 may include well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. The RF circuitry 108 may communicate with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a,
IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.1 Ig and/or IEEE 802.1 In), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for email (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), and/or Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS)), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
[0063] The audio circuitry 110, the speaker 111, and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and the device 100. The audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from the peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. The audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by the microphone 113 from sound waves. The audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or the RF circuitry 108 by the peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, the audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g. 212, Figure 2). The headset jack provides an interface between the audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
[0064] The I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on the device 100, such as the touch screen 112 and other input/control devices 116, to the peripherals interface 118. The I/O subsystem 106 may include a display controller 156 and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116. The other input/control devices 116 may include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 may be coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, Figure 2) may include an up/down button for volume control of the speaker 111 and/or the microphone 113. The one or more buttons may include a push button (e.g., 206, Figure 2). A quick press of the push button may disengage a lock of the touch screen 112 or begin a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as
described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/322,549, "Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image," filed December 23, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 206) may turn power to the device 100 on or off. The user may be able to customize a functionality of one or more of the buttons. The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
[0065] The touch-sensitive touch screen 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. The display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to the touch screen 112. The touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects, further details of which are described below.
[0066] A touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on the touch screen 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on the touch screen. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between a touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
[0067] The touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, or
LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with a touch screen 112.
[0068] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive tablets described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by
reference in their entirety. However, a touch screen 112 displays visual output from the portable device 100, whereas touch sensitive tablets do not provide visual output.
[0069] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 may be as described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/381,313, "Multipoint Touch Surface Controller," filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862, "Multipoint Touchscreen," filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264, "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/038,590, "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices," filed January 18, 2005; (6) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,758, "Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface," filed September 16, 2005; (7) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,700, "Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface," filed September 16, 2005; (8) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/228,737, "Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard," filed September 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/367,749, "Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device," filed March 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.
[0070] The touch screen 112 may have a resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In an exemplary embodiment, the touch screen has a resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user may make contact with the touch screen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which are much less precise than stylus- based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
[0071] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, the device 100 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
[0072] In some embodiments, the device 100 may include a physical or virtual click wheel as an input control device 116. A user may navigate among and interact with one or more graphical objects (henceforth referred to as icons) displayed in the touch screen 112 by rotating the click wheel or by moving a point of contact with the click wheel (e.g., where the amount of movement of the point of contact is measured by its angular displacement with respect to a center point of the click wheel). The click wheel may also be used to select one or more of the displayed icons. For example, the user may press down on at least a portion of the click wheel or an associated button. User commands and navigation commands provided by the user via the click wheel may be processed by an input controller 160 as well as one or more of the modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102. For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel and click wheel controller may be part of the touch screen 112 and the display controller 156, respectively. For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel may be either an opaque or semitransparent object that appears and disappears on the touch screen display in response to user interaction with the device. In some embodiments, a virtual click wheel is displayed on the touch screen of a portable multifunction device and operated by user contact with the touch screen.
[0073] The device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering the various components. The power system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
[0074] The device 100 may also include one or more optical sensors 164. Figures IA and IB show an optical sensor coupled to an optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. The optical sensor 164 may include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. The optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with an imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), the optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite the touch screen display 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for either still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image may be obtained for videoconferencing
while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of the optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 164 may be used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.
[0075] The device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166. Figures
IA and IB show a proximity sensor 166 coupled to the peripherals interface 118. Alternately, the proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The proximity sensor 166 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 11/241,839, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device," filed September 30, 2005; 11/240,788, "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device," filed September 30, 2005; No. 11/620,702, "Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; No. 11/586,862, "Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices," filed October 24, 2006; and No. 11/638,251, "Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals," which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables the touch screen 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). In some embodiments, the proximity sensor keeps the screen off when the device is in the user's pocket, purse, or other dark area to prevent unnecessary battery drainage when the device is a locked state.
[0076] The device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168. Figures IA and IB show an accelerometer 168 coupled to the peripherals interface 118. Alternately, the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the I/O subsystem 106. The accelerometer 168 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, "Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices," and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer," both of which are which are incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
[0077] In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 may include an operating system 126, a communication module (or set of instructions) 128, a
contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, a graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, a text input module (or set of instructions) 134, a Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or set of instructions) 136.
[0078] The operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as Vx Works) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
[0079] The communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by the RF circuitry 108 and/or the external port 124. The external port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used on iPod (trademark of Apple
Computer, Inc.) devices.
[0080] The contact/motion module 130 may detect contact with the touch screen 112
(in conjunction with the display controller 156) and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred, determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch screen 112, and determining if the contact has been broken (i.e., if the contact has ceased). Determining movement of the point of contact may include determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations may be applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., "multitouch'Vmultiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the display controller 156 also detects contact on a touchpad. In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the controller 160 detects contact on a click wheel.
[0081] The graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112, including components for
changing the intensity of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like. An animation in this context is a display of a sequence of images that gives the appearance of movement, and informs the user of an action that has been performed (such as moving an email message to a folder). In this context, a respective animation that confirms an action by the user of the device typically takes a predefined, finite amount of time, such as an amount of time between 0.2 and 1.0 seconds, or between 0.5 and 2.0 seconds, depending on the context. [0082] The text input module 134, which may be a component of graphics module
132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e- mail 140, IM 141, blogging 142, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
[0083] The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 and/or blogger 142 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
[0084] The applications 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
• a contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
• a telephone module 138;
• a video conferencing module 139;
• an e-mail client module 140; • an instant messaging (IM) module 141;
• a blogging module 142;
• a camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
• an image management module 144;
• a video player module 145; • a music player module 146;
• a browser module 147;
• a calendar module 148;
• widget modules 149, which may include weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
• widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
• search module 151;
• video and music player module 152, which merges video player module 145 and music player module 146; • notes module 153; and/or
• map module 154.
[0085] Examples of other applications 136 that may be stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. [0086] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module
130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the contacts module 137 may be used to manage an address book or contact list, including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using contacts module 137 are described further below.
[0087] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the telephone module 138 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in the address book 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication may use any of a
plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using telephone module 138 are described further below.
[0088] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact list 137, and telephone module 138, the videoconferencing module 139 may be used to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants.
[0089] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the e-mail client module 140 may be used to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail. In conjunction with image management module 144, the e-mail module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using e-mail module 140 are described further below.
[0090] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message
(for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using instant messaging module 141 are described further below.
[0091] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, image management module 144, and browsing module 147, the blogging module 142 may be used to send text, still images, video, and/or other graphics to a blog (e.g., the user's blog).
[0092] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s)
164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, the camera module 143 may be used to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 102. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using camera module 143 are described further below.
[0093] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module
130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, the image management module 144 may be used to arrange, modify or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using image management module 144 are described further below.
[0094] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module
130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, and speaker 111, the video player module 145 may be used to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 124). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using video player module 145 are described further below.
[0095] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, the music player module 146 allows the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files. In some embodiments, the device 100 may include the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using music player module 146 are described further below. [0096] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the browser module 147 may be used to browse the Internet, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using browser module 147 are described further below.
[0097] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail
module 140, and browser module 147, the calendar module 148 may be used to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.). Embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes using calendar module 148 are described further below. [0098] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget modules 149 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user- created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
[0099] In conjunction with RP circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
[00100] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the search module 151 may be used to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms).
[00101] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module
130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the notes module 153 may be used to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like. [00102] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, the map module 154 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data). [00103] Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of instructions for performing one or more functions described above. These modules (i.e., sets
ot instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module 145 may be combined with music player module 146 into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 152, Figure IB). In some embodiments, memory 102 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
[00104] In some embodiments, the device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen 112 and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input/control device for operation of the device 100, the number of physical input/control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on the device 100 may be reduced.
[00105] The predefined set of functions that may be performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates the device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that may be displayed on the device 100. In such embodiments, the touchpad may be referred to as a "menu button." In some other embodiments, the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input/control device instead of a touchpad. [00106] Figure 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen
112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen may display one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user may select one or more of the graphics by making contact or touching the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the contact may include a gesture, such as one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with the device 100. In some embodiments, inadvertent contact with a graphic may not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon may not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
[UU1U7J The device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as
"home" or menu button 204. As described previously, the menu button 204 may be used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that may be executed on the device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI in touch screen 112.
[00108] In one embodiment, the device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, a Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210, a head set jack 212, and a docking/charging external port 124. The push button 206 may be used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process, hi an alternative embodiment, the device 100 also may accept verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through the microphone 113. [00109] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces ("UI") and associated processes that may be implemented on a portable multifunction device 100.
[00110] Figure 3 illustrates an exemplary user interface for unlocking a portable electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 300 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • Unlock image 302 that is moved with a finger gesture to unlock the device;
• Arrow 304 that provides a visual cue to the unlock gesture;
• Channel 306 that provides additional cues to the unlock gesture;
• Time 308;
• Day 310; • Date 312; and
• Wallpaper image 314.
[00111] In some embodiments, the device detects contact with the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a user's finger making contact on or near the unlock image 302) while the device is in a user-interface lock state. The device moves the unlock image 302 in accordance with the contact. The device transitions to a user-interface unlock state if the detected contact
corresponds to a predefined gesture, such as moving the unlock image across channel 306. Conversely, the device maintains the user-interface lock state if the detected contact does not correspond to the predefined gesture. As noted above, processes that use gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device are described in U.S. Patent Applications No. 11/322,549, "Unlocking A Device By Performing Gestures On An Unlock Image," filed December 23, 2005, and No. 11/322,550, "Indication Of Progress Towards Satisfaction Of A User Input Condition," filed December 23, 2005, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[00112] Figures 4A and 4B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 400A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; • Time 404;
• Battery status indicator 406;
• Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as one or more of the following: o Phone 138, which may include an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; o E-mail client 140, which may include an indicator 410 of the number of unread e-mails; o Browser 147; and o Music player 146; and • Icons for other applications, such as one or more of the following: o IM 141; o Image management 144; o Camera 143; o Video player 145;
o Weather 149-1; o Stocks 149-2; o Blog l42; o Calendar 148; o Calculator 149-3; o Alarm clock 149-4; o Dictionary 149-5; and o User-created widget 149-6.
[00113] In some embodiments, user interface 400B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 141, 148, 144, 143, 149-3, 149-2, 149-1, 149-4, 410, 414, 138, 140, and 147, as described above;
• Map 154;
• Notes 153; • Settings 412, which provides access to settings for the device 100 and its various applications 136, as described further below; and
• Video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.) module 152.
[00114] In some embodiments, UI 400A or 400B displays all of the available applications 136 on one screen so that there is no need to scroll through a list of applications
(e.g., via a scroll bar). In some embodiments, as the number of applications increase, the icons corresponding to the applications may decrease in size so that all applications may be displayed on a single screen without scrolling. In some embodiments, having all applications on one screen and a menu button enables a user to access any desired application with at most two inputs, such as activating the menu button 204 and then activating the desired application
(e.g., by a tap or other finger gesture on the icon corresponding to the application).
[00115] In some embodiments, UI 400A or 400B provides integrated access to both widget-based applications and non-widget-based applications. In some embodiments, all of the widgets, whether user-created or not, are displayed in UI 400A or 400B. In other
embodiments, activating the icon for user-created widget 149-6 may lead to another UI that contains the user-created widgets or icons corresponding to the user-created widgets.
[00116] In some embodiments, a user may rearrange the icons in UI 400A or 400B, e.g., using processes described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/459,602, "Portable Electronic Device With Interface Reconfiguration Mode," filed July 24, 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a user may move application icons in and out of tray 408 using finger gestures.
[00117] In some embodiments, UI 400A or 400B includes a gauge (not shown) that displays an updated account usage metric for an account associated with usage of the device (e.g., a cellular phone account), as described in U.S. Patent Application No. 11/322,552, "Account Information Display For Portable Communication Device," filed December 23, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00118] Figure 5 illustrates an exemplary user interface for listing instant message conversations on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• "Instant Messages" or other similar label 502:
• Names 504 of the people a user is having instant message conversations with (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1) or the phone number if the person's name is not available (e.g., 408-
123-4567 504-3);
• Text 506 of the last message in the conversation;
• Date 508 and/or time of the last message in the conversation;
• Selection icon 510 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI for the corresponding conversation (e.g., Figure 6A for Jane Doe
504-1);
• Edit icon 512 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI for deleting conversations;
• Create message icon 514 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to the users contact list (e.g., Figure 7A); and
• Vertical bar 516 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of instant message conversations is being displayed.
[00119] In some embodiments, the name 504 used for an instant message conversation is determined by finding an entry in the user's contact list 137 that contains the phone number used for the instant message conversation. If no such entry is found, then just the phone number is displayed (e.g., 504-3). In some embodiments, if the other party sends messages from two or more different phone numbers, the messages may appear as a single conversation under a single name if all of the phone numbers used are found in the same entry (i.e., the entry for the other party) in the user's contact list 137. [00120] Automatically grouping the instant messages into "conversations" (instant message exchanges with the same user or the same phone number) makes it easier for the user to carry on and keep track of instant message exchanges with multiple parties.
[00121] In some embodiments, vertical bar 516 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant message conversations). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 516 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list, hi some embodiments, the vertical bar 516 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. In some embodiments, if the entire list of IM conversations can be displayed simultaneously on the touch screen 112, the vertical bar 516 is not displayed. In some embodiments, if the entire list of IM conversations can be displayed simultaneously on the touch screen 112, the vertical bar 516 is displayed with a length that corresponds to the length of the list display area (e.g., as shown in Figure 5).
[00122] Figures 6A-6K illustrate an exemplary user interface for inputting text for an instant message in accordance with some embodiments.
[00123] In some embodiments, user interface 600A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• Name 504 corresponding to the phone number used in the instant message conversation (or the phone number itself if the name is not available);
• instant messages icon 602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to a UI listing instant message conversations (e.g., UI 500);
• Instant messages 604 from the other party, typically listed in order along one side of UI 600A; • Instant messages 606 to the other party, typically listed in order along the opposite side of UI 600A to show the back and forth interplay of messages in the conversation;
• Timestamps 608 for at least some of the instant messages;
• Text entry box 612 ;
• Send icon 614 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates sending of the message in text box 612 to the other party (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1);
• Letter keyboard 616 for entering text in box 612;
• Alternate keyboard selector icon 618 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a different keyboard (e.g., 624, Figure 6C);
• Send icon 620 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates sending of the message in text box 612 to the other party (e.g., Jane Doe 504-1);
• Shift key 628 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) capitalizes the next letter chosen on letter keyboard 616; and
• Vertical bar 630 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of instant messages in an IM conversation is being displayed. [00124] In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the message conversation
(comprised of messages 604 and 606) by applying a vertical swipe gesture 610 to the area displaying the conversation. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the conversation downward, thereby showing older messages in the conversation. In some embodiments, a vertically upward gesture scrolls the conversation upward, thereby showing newer, more recent messages in the conversation. In some embodiments, as noted above, the last message in the conversation (e.g., 606-2) is displayed in the list of instant messages 500 (e.g., 506-1).
[00125] In some embodiments, keys in keyboards 616 (Figures 6 A, 6B, 6E-6K), 624
(Figure 6C), and/or 639 (Figure 6D) briefly change shade and/or color when touched/activated by a user to help the user learn to activate the desired keys.
[UU126J In some embodiments, vertical bar 630 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of instant messages). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 630 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 630 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in Figure 6 A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 630 indicates that the bottom of the list of messages is being displayed (which correspond to the most recent messages) and the vertical length of the vertical bar 630 indicates that roughly half of the messages in the conversation are being displayed.
[00127] In some embodiments, user interface 600B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, and 630 as described above; and • word suggestion area 622 that provides a list of possible words to complete the word fragment being typed by the user in box 612.
[00128] In some embodiments, the word suggestion area does not appear in UI 600B until after a predefined time delay (e.g., 2-3 seconds) in text being entered by the user. In some embodiments, the word suggestion area is not used or can be turned off by the user. [00129] In some embodiments, user interface 600C includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 620, and 622 as described above;
• Alternate keyboard 624, which may be made up primarily of digits and punctuation, with frequently used punctuation keys (e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637) made larger than the other keys;
• Letter keyboard selector icon 626 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a letter keyboard (e.g., 616, Figure 6A); and
• Shift key 628 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of yet another keyboard (e.g., 639, Figure 6D).
[00130] In some embodiments, keeping the period key 631 near keyboard selector icon
626 reduces the distance that a user's finger needs to travel to enter the oft-used period.
[00131] In some embodiments, user interface 600D includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: . 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 620, 622, 626, 628 as described above; and
• Another alternate keyboard 639, which may be made up primarily of symbols and punctuation, with frequently used punctuation keys (e.g., period key 631, comma key 633, question mark key 635, and exclamation point key 637) made larger than the other keys.
[00132] In some embodiments, user interface 600E includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 504, 602, 604, 606, 608, 612, 614, 616, 618, and 620, as described above; and • New instant message 606-3 sent to the other party.
[00133] In some embodiments, when the user activates a send key (e.g., either 614 or
620), the text in text box 612 "pops" or otherwise comes out of the box and becomes part of the string of user messages 606 to the other party. The black arrows in Figure 6E illustrate an animated formation of a quote bubble 606-3. In some embodiments, the size of the quote bubble scales with the size of the message. In some embodiments, a sound is also made when the message is sent, such as a droplet sound, to notify the user.
[00134] In some embodiments, user interface 600F includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, and 628, as described above; • Recipient input field 632 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the field) receives and displays the phone number of the recipient of the instant message (or the recipient's name if the recipient is already in the user's contact list);
• Add recipient icon 634 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 638, Figure 6G); and
• cancel icon 636 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) cancels the new instant message.
[00135] In some embodiments, user interface 600G includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, and 636, as described above;
• Scrollable list 638 of contacts that match the input in recipient input field 632; and
• Vertical bar 640 that helps a user understand how many items in the contact list that match the input in recipient input field 632 are being displayed.
[00136] In some embodiments, list 638 contains contacts that match the input in recipient input field 632. For example, if the letter "v" is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "v" are shown. If the letters "va" are input in field 632, then the list of contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "va", and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 638). [00137] In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the list 638 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 642 to the area displaying the list 638. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
[00138] In some embodiments, vertical bar 640 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 638). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 640 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 640 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. [00139] In some embodiments, user interfaces 600H and 6001 include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
. 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, and 636, as described above;
• Suggested word 644 adjacent to the word being input;
• Suggested word 646 in the space bar in keyboard 616; and/or • Insertion marker 656 (e.g., a cursor, insertion bar, insertion point, or pointer).
[U0140J In some embodiments, activating suggested word 644 (e.g., by a finger tap on the suggested word) replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 644. In some embodiments, activating suggested word 646 (e.g., by a finger tap on the space bar) replaces the word being typed with the suggested word 646. In some embodiments, a user can set whether suggested words 644 and/or 646 are shown (e.g., by setting a user preference).
[00141] In some embodiments, a letter is enlarged briefly after it is selected (e.g., "N" is enlarged briefly after typing "din" in Figure 6H) to provide feedback to the user.
[00142] In some embodiments, user interfaces 600J and 600K include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, 406, 612, 614, 616, 618, 620, 628, 632, 634, 636, and 656 as described above; and
• Expanded portion 650 of graphics that helps a user adjust the position of an expanded insertion marker 657 (sometimes called an "insertion point magnifier"); and
• Expanded insertion marker 657. [00143] In some embodiments, a finger contact 648-1 on or near the insertion marker
656 initiates display of insertion point magnifier 650 and expanded insertion marker 657-1. In some embodiments, as the finger contact is moved on the touch screen (e.g., to position 648- 2), there is corresponding motion of the expanded insertion marker (e.g., to 657-2) and the insertion point magnifier 650. Thus, the insertion point magnifier 650 provides an efficient way to position a cursor or other insertion marker using finger input on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the magnifier 650 remains visible and can be repositioned as long as continuous contact is maintained with the touch screen (e.g., from 648-1 to 648-2 to even 648-3).
[00144] In some embodiments, a portable electronic device displays graphics and an insertion marker (e.g., marker 656, Figure 61) at a first location in the graphics on a touch screen display (e.g., Figure 61). In some embodiments, the insertion marker 656 is a cursor, insertion bar, insertion point, or pointer. In some embodiments, the graphics comprise text (e.g., text in box 612, Figure 61).
[00145] A finger contact is detected with the touch screen display (e.g., contact 648-1, Figure 61). In some embodiments, the location of the finger contact is proximate to the
location of the insertion marker. In some embodiments, the location of the finger contact is anywhere within a text entry area (e.g., box 612, Figure 61).
[00146] In response to the detected finger contact, the insertion marker is expanded from a first size (e.g., marker 656, Figure 61) to a second size (e.g., marker 657-1, Figure 6J) on the touch screen display, and a portion (e.g., portion 650-1, Figure 6J) of the graphics on the touch screen display is expanded from an original size to an expanded size.
[00147] In some embodiments, the portion of the graphics that is expanded includes the insertion marker and adjacent graphics. In some embodiments, after the insertion point and the portion of the graphics are expanded, graphics are displayed that include the insertion marker and adjacent graphics at the original size and at the expanded size.
[00148] Movement of the finger contact is detected on the touch screen display (e.g., from 648-1 to 648-2, Figure 6J).
[00149] The expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from the first location (e.g., 657-1, Figure 6J) to a second location in the graphics (e.g., 657-2, Figure 6J).
[00150] In some embodiments, the portion of the graphics that is expanded changes as the insertion marker moves from the first location to the second location (e.g., from 650-1 to 650-2, Figure 6J). In some embodiments, the portion of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a predefined shape. In some embodiments the portion (e.g., 650, Figure 6J) of the graphics that is expanded is displayed in a circle. In some embodiments, the expanded insertion marker 657 is within the circle.
[00151] In some embodiments, the detected movement of the finger contact has a horizontal component on the touch screen display and a vertical component on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, moving the expanded insertion marker 657 in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker and the expanded portion of the graphics in accordance with the horizontal component of motion of the finger contact if the finger contact moves outside a text entry area without breaking contact. For example, in Figure 61, if the finger contact moves from 648-2 (inside the text entry area 612) to 648-3 (in the keyboard area), the expanded insertion point 657 and the expanded portion 650 of the graphics may move horizontally along the
lower portion of the text entry area in accordance with the horizontal component of the movement from 648-2 to 648-3 (not shown).
[00152] In some embodiments, moving the expanded insertion marker in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact includes moving the expanded insertion marker in a first area of the touch screen that includes characters entered using a soft keyboard (e.g., text box 612, Figure 6J)5 wherein the soft keyboard is located in a second area of the touch screen that is separate from the first area (e.g., keyboard 616, Figure 6J).
[00153] In some embodiments, the expanded insertion marker is contracted from the second size to the first size if finger contact with the touch screen display is broken (e.g., insertion marker 656, Figure 6K). In some embodiments, the contracting includes an animation of the expanded insertion marker 657 shrinking into the insertion marker 656 at the second location.
[00154] In some embodiments, the expanded portion 650 of the graphics is contracted if finger contact with the touch screen display is no longer detected for a predetermined time. [00155] A graphical user interface on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises an insertion marker and graphics. In response to detecting a finger contact 648 with the touch screen display, the insertion marker is expanded from a first size 656 to a second size 657, and a portion 650 of the graphics is expanded. In response to detecting movement of the finger contact on the touch screen display, the expanded insertion marker is moved in accordance with the detected movement of the finger contact from a first location 657-1 in the graphics to a second location 657-2 in the graphics.
[00156] Additional description of insertion marker positioning can be found in U.S.
Patent Application No. 11/553,436, "Method, System, And Graphical User Interface For Positioning An Insertion Marker In A Touch Screen Display," filed October 26, 2006, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00157] Additional description of instant messaging on portable electronic devices can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,819, "Portable Electronic Device For Instant Messaging," filed January 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. [00158] Figures 7A and 7B illustrate an exemplary user interface for a contact list in accordance with some embodiments.
[UU159J In some embodiments, user interfaces 800A and 800B (Figures 7 A and 7B) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, as described above;
• Groups icon 802 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of groups of contacts;
• First name icon 804 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an alphabetical display of the user's contacts by their first names (Figure 7B);
• Last name icon 806 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an alphabetical display of the user's contacts by their last names (Figure 7A); • Alphabet list icons 808 that the user can touch to quickly arrive at a particular first letter in the displayed contact list;
• Cancel icon 810 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer back to the previous UI (e.g., UI 500, Figure 5); and
• Other number icon 812 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI for entering a phone number for instant messaging, such as a phone number that is not in the user's contact list.
[00160] In some embodiments, the functions of first name icon 804 and last name icon
806 are incorporated into settings 412 (Figure 4B, e.g., as a user preference setting) rather than being displayed in a contacts list UI (e.g., 800A and 800B, Figures 7A and 7B). [00161] As described in U.S. Patent Application Nos. 11/322,547, "Scrolling List With
Floating Adjacent Index Symbols," filed December 23, 2005; No. 11/322,551 , "Continuous Scrolling List With Acceleration," filed December 23, 2005; and No. 11/322,553, "List Scrolling In Response To Moving Contact Over List Of Index Symbols," filed December 23, 2005, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, the user may scroll through the contact list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 814 on the touch screen.
[00162] Figure 8 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1000 (Figure 8) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • Viewfinder 1002;
• Camera roll 1004 that manages images and/or videos taken with the camera;
• Shutter 1006 for taking still images;
• Record button 1008 for starting and stopping video recording;
• Timer 1010 for taking an image after a predefined time delay; and • Image 1012 that appears (e.g., via the animation illustrated schematically in Figure 8) to be added to camera roll 1004 when it is obtained.
[00163] In some embodiments, the orientation of the camera in the shutter icon 1006 rotates as the device 100 is rotated between portrait and landscape orientations.
[00164] Figure 9 illustrates an exemplary user interface for a camera roll in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1100 (Figure 9) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• Thumbnail images 1102 of images and/or videos obtained by camera 143;
• Camera icon 1104 or done icon 1110 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the camera UI (e.g., UI 1000); and
• Vertical bar 1112 that helps a user understand what portion of the camera roll is being displayed.
[00165] In some embodiments, the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1102 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1106 on the touch screen. In some embodiments, a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail (e.g., a tap gesture 1108 on thumbnail 1102-11) initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1200A, Figure 10A).
[00166] In some embodiments, vertical bar 1112 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the thumbnails 1102). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the camera roll that corresponds to the vertical position in the camera roll of the displayed portion of the camera roll. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1112 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the camera roll being displayed. For example, in Figure 9, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1112 indicates that the middle of the camera roll is being displayed and the vertical length of the
vertical bar 1112 indicates that roughly half of the images in the camera roll are being displayed.
[00167] Figures 10A- 1OC illustrate an exemplary user interface for viewing and manipulating acquired images in accordance with some embodiments. [00168] In some embodiments, user interface 1200A (Figure 10A) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 1104, and 1110, as described above;
• Camera roll icon 1202 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the camera roll UI (e.g., UI 1100, Figure 9); • Image 1204;
• Additional options icon 1206 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI with additional options for use of image 1204;
• Previous image icon 1208 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous image in the camera roll (e.g., 1102-10); • Play icon 1210 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the camera roll;
• Next image icon 1212 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next image in the camera roll (e.g., 1102-12);
• Delete symbol icon 1214 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete image 1204 (e.g. UI
1200B, Figure 10B);
• Vertical bar 1222 that helps a user understand what portion of the image 1204 is being displayed; and
• Horizontal bar 1224 that helps a user understand what portion of the image 1204 is being displayed.
[00169] In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1216 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from left to right on the image.
[UU 17UJ In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1218 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1220 from right to left on the image. [00171] By offering multiple ways to perform the same task (e.g., to view the next image by tapping icon 1212, tap 1218, or right to left swipe 1220), the user can choose whichever way the user prefers, thereby making the UI simpler and more intuitive for the user.
[00172] In some embodiments, image 1204 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1204 moves offscreen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
[00173] In some embodiments, a tap gesture such as 1216 or 1218 magnifies the image
1204 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1204 is displayed. In some embodiments, when the image is already magnified, repeating the tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
[00174] In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1204 is displayed, vertical bar
1222 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1222 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 1OA, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that the top of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1222 indicates that a portion from the top half of the image is being displayed.
[00175] In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1204 is displayed, horizontal bar 1224 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1204). In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1224 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 1OA, the horizontal position of
the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the right side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion from the right half of the image is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 1222 and horizontal bar 1224 indicate that the northeast quadrant of the image 1204 is being displayed. [00176] In some embodiments, user interface 1200B (Figure 10B) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, 1104, 1110,1202, and 1204, as described above;
• Delete icon 1216 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the image 1204; and • Cancel icon 1218 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous user interface (e.g. UI 1200A, Figure 10A)
[00177] In some embodiments, as illustrated in Figure 1OC, the image may go through a deletion animation to show the user that the image is being deleted.
[00178] This deletion process, which requires gestures by the user on two different user interfaces (e.g., 1200A and 1200B, Figures 1OA and 10B), greatly reduces the chance that a user will accidentally delete an image or other similar item.
[00179] Figures 1 IA and 1 IB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing albums in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1300A (Figure 1 IA) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• Graphics 1304, e.g., thumbnail images of the first picture or a user-selected picture in the corresponding albums;
• Album names 1306;
• Selection icons 1308 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12);
• Settings icon 1310, that brings up a settings menu when activated by a user gesture (e.g., a tap gesture); and
• Vertical bar 1314 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of albums is being displayed.
[00180] In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 1 IB, one of the photo albums (e.g.,
1306-7) may correspond to the user's photo library; another album (e.g., 1306-8) may correspond to the camera roll (Figure 9); another album (e.g., 1306-9) may correspond to images added to the photo library in the last 12 months; and other albums (e.g., 1306-10 - 1306-13) may correspond to albums created and organized by the user.
[00181] The albums may be downloaded on to the device from a wide range of sources, such as the user's desktop or laptop computer, the Internet, etc.
[00182] If there is a long list of albums that fill more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1312 on the touch screen.
[00183] In some embodiments, a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular album (e.g., a tap on the graphic 1304, album name 1306, or selection icon 1308) to initiate display of the corresponding album (e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12).
[00184] In some embodiments, vertical bar 1314 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of albums). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1314 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in Figure HB, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that the top of the list of albums is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1314 indicates that roughly half of the albums in the list are being displayed.
[00185] Figure 12 illustrates an exemplary user interface for viewing an album in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 1500 (Figure 12) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• Photo albums icon 1502 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the photo albums UI (e.g., UI 1300B, Figure 1 IB);
• Thumbnail images 1506 of images in the corresponding album; • Play icon 1508 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the album; and
• Vertical bar 1514 that helps a user understand what portion of the list of thumbnail images 1506 in an album is being displayed.
[00186] In some embodiments, the user may scroll through the thumbnails 1506 using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 1510 on the touch screen. In some embodiments, a stationary gesture on a particular thumbnail (e.g., a tap gesture 1512 on thumbnail 1506-11) initiates transfer to an enlarged display of the corresponding image (e.g., UI 1600A and 1600B, Figures 13A and 13B).
[00187] In some embodiments, vertical bar 1514 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of thumbnails). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1514 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. For example, in Figure 12, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that the middle of the list of thumbnails is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1514 indicates that roughly half of the thumbnails in the album are being displayed.
[00188] Figures 13A and 13B illustrate exemplary user interfaces for viewing images in an album in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interfaces 1600A and 1600B (Figures 13 A and 13B) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• Album name icon 1602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to the corresponding album UI (e.g., UI 1500, Figure 12);
• Image 1606; • Additional options icon 1608 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transfer to a UI with additional options for use of image 1606;
• Previous image icon 1610 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous image in the album (e.g., 1506-10);
• Play icon 1612 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a slide show of the images in the album; and
• Next image icon 1614 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next image in the album (e.g., 1506-12).
[00189] In some embodiments, icons 1608, 1610, 1612, and 1614 are displayed in response to detecting a gesture on the touch screen (e.g., a single finger tap on the image 1606) and then cease to be displayed if no interaction with the touch screen is detected after a predetermined time (e.g., 3-5 seconds), thereby providing a "heads up display" effect for these icons.
[00190] In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a tap gesture 1618 on the left side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the previous image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from left to right on the image.
[00191] In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a tap gesture 1620 on the right side of the image. In some embodiments, the user can also initiate viewing of the next image by making a swipe gesture 1616 from right to left on the image.
[00192] By offering multiple ways to perform the same task (e.g., to view the next image by tapping icon 1614, tap 1620, or right to left swipe 1616), the user can choose whichever way the user prefers, thereby making the UI simpler and more intuitive for the user. [00193] In some embodiments, image 1606 moves off screen to the left as the next image moves on screen from the right. In some embodiments, image 1606 moves off screen to the right as the previous image moves on screen from the left.
[00194] In some embodiments, a double tap gesture such as 1618 or 1620 magnifies the image 1606 by a predetermined amount, rather than initiating viewing of another image, so that just a portion of image 1606 is displayed. In some embodiments, when the image is already magnified, repeating the double tap gesture demagnifies the image (e.g., so that the entire image is displayed).
[00195] In some embodiments, a multi-finger de-pinching gesture magnifies the image
1606 by a variable amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger de-pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger de-pinching gesture. In some embodiments, a multi-finger pinching gesture demagnifies the image 1606 by a variable
amount in accordance with the position of the multi-finger pinching gesture and the amount of finger movement in the multi-finger pinching gesture.
[00196] In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed, vertical bar
1622 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the vertical position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 1622 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 13 A, the vertical position of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that the bottom of the image is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 1622 indicates that a portion from the bottom half of the image is being displayed.
[00197] In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed, horizontal bar 1624 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the image 1606). In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the image that corresponds to the horizontal position in the image of the displayed portion of the image. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 1624 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the image being displayed. For example, in Figure 13 A, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar 1224 indicates that a portion of the left side of the image is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 1624 indicates that a portion from the left half of the image is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 indicate that the southwest quadrant of the image 1606 is being displayed.
[00198] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a change in orientation of the device 100 from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation (e.g., using accelerometer
168), UI 1600A (including image 1606) is rotated by 90° to UI 1600B (Figure 13B). In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed in landscape orientation (UI 1600B, Figure 13B), vertical bar 1628 and horizontal bar 1630 are displayed and act in an analogous manner to vertical bar 1622 and horizontal bar 1624 (UI 1600A, Figure 13A), described above. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a change in orientation of the device 100 from a landscape orientation to a portrait orientation (e.g., using accelerometer 168), the UI 1600B is rotated by 90° to UI 1600A (Figure 13A).
[00199] In some embodiments, if just a portion of image 1606 is displayed, in response to detecting a finger drag or swipe gesture (e.g., 1626), the displayed portion of the image is translated in accordance with the direction of the drag or swipe gesture (e.g., vertical, horizontal, or diagonal translation). [00200] Figures 14A-14C illustrate an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing videos in accordance with some embodiments.
[00201] In some embodiments, in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device displays a series of video categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 2101 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Playlists row 2108, the UI changes from a display of video categories (UI 2100A, Figure 14A) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B). In turn, if the user activates the selection icon for My Movies (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the My Movies row 2110, the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B) to a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100C, Figure 14C), and so forth.
[00202] In some embodiments, in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device navigates back up through the hierarchy of video categories and sub- categories. For example, if the user activates Playlists icon 2106 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of My Movies sub-categories (UI 2100C, Figure 14C) to a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B). In turn, if the user activates the Videos icon 2104 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the UI changes from a display of Playlist sub-categories (UI 2100B, Figure 14B) to a display of video categories (UI 2100A, Figure 14A).
[00203] In some embodiments, in response to user selection of a particular video (e.g., by a tap or other predefined gesture on the graphic, title, or anywhere 2112 (Figure 14C) in the row for a particular video), the device displays the selected video (e.g., King Kong) in a video player UI.
[00204] In some embodiments, in response to user selection of settings icon 2102 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the device displays a settings UI for a video player. [00205] Figures 15A-15D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying and managing recent calls in accordance with some embodiments.
[00206] In some embodiments, in response to the user activating All icon 2810, the touch screen displays a list of all recent calls (e.g., UI 2800A, Figure 15A). In some embodiments, in response to the user activating Missed icon 2812, the touch screen displays a list of recent missed calls (e.g., UI 2800B, Figure 15B). [00207] In some embodiments, each row in a list corresponds to a call or a consecutive sequence of calls involving the same person or the same number (without an intervening call involving another person or another phone number). In some embodiments, each row includes: the name 2802 of the other party (if available via the contact module) or the phone number (if the name of the other party is not available); the number 2804 of consecutive calls; the date and/or time 2806 of the last call; and an additional information icon 2808. In some embodiments, in response to the user activating icon 2808 for a particular row (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays the corresponding contact list entry for the other party (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure 15C) or UI 2800D (Figure 15D) if the phone number cannot be associated with an entry in the user's contact list. In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture elsewhere (i.e., a tap or gesture other than on icon 2808) in a given row, the phone module dials the corresponding phone number for that row.
[00208] In some embodiments, some rows may include icons indicating whether the last call associated with the row was missed or answered. [00209] If the list of recent calls fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 2814 on the touch screen.
[00210] In some embodiments, UI 2800C (Figure 15C) highlights (e.g., with color, shading, and/or holding) the phone number associated with the recent call (e.g., the two recent incoming calls from Bruce Walker in UI 2800A, Figure 15 A, came from Bruce Walker's work number 2816). In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on the highlighted number 2816, the phone module dials the highlighted number (e.g., 2816). In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on another number in the contact list entry (e.g., home number 2818), the phone module dials the corresponding number. In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture on an email address in the contact list entry (e.g., either work email 2820 or home email 2822), the mail module prepares an email message with the selected
email address, ready for text input by the user. Thus, by selecting icon 2808 (Figure 15A), the user may then easily respond to a caller using the same number involved in the previous call (e.g., 2816), another number associated with the same caller (e.g., 2818), or another mode of communication besides the phone (e.g., an email to the caller's work 2820 or home 2822 email address).
[00211] In some embodiments, UI 2800D (Figure 15D) provides one or more options for a user to make use of a phone number in a recent call that is not associated with an entry in the user's contact list. In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture, the device may: call the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2824); initiate creation of a text message or other instant message to the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2825); create a new contact with the phone number (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2826); or add the phone number to an existing contact (e.g., if the gesture is applied to icon 2828).
[00212] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a gesture on the clear icon 2832 (e.g., a single finger tap on the icon 2832), one or more recent calls selected by the user are deleted from the list of recent calls.
[00213] Additional description of missed call management can be found in U.S. Patent
Application No. 60/883,782, "Telephone Call Management For A Portable Multifunction Device," filed January 6, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00214] Figures 16A-16D illustrate exemplary user interfaces for voicemail in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interfaces 3200A-3200D (Figures 16A- 16D) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above; • backup icon 3202 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a process that backs up and replays the preceding few seconds of the voicemail message;
• Progress bar 3204 that indicates what fraction of a voicemail message has been played and that may be used to help scroll through the message in response to a user gesture 3206;
• Speed up icon 3208 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a process that speeds up playback of the voicemail message, which may also adjust the sound frequency or pitch of the fast playback so that the words, although spoken quickly, are still easy to understand; • Names 3210 of the people (associated with incoming phone numbers via the user's contact list) who have left voicemail messages (e.g., Aaron Jones 3210-1) or the phone number if the person's name is not available (e.g., 408-246-8101 3210-2);
• Date 3212 and/or time of the voicemail;
• Additional information icon 3214 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates transition to the corresponding contact list entry (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure
15C) or to a UI for unknown phone numbers (e.g., UI 2800D, Figure 15D);
• Speaker icon 3216 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates playback of the voicemail through a speaker;
• Options icon 3218 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a menu of additional voicemail options;
• Pause icon 3220 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates pausing of the voicemail, which may be displayed apart from individual messages (Figure 16A) or adjacent to a selected message (Figure 16C);
• Delete symbol icon 3222 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete the corresponding voicemail (e.g. UI 3200B, Figure 16B or UI 3200D, Figure 16D).
• Cancel icon 3226 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) changes the display from UI 3200B to UI 3200A (or from UI 3200D to UI 3200C) without deleting the corresponding voicemail; • Confirm delete icon 3228 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the corresponding voicemail and changes the display from UI 3200B to UI 3200A (or from UI 3200D to UI 3200C);
• Play icon 3230 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates or continues playback of the voicemail, which may be displayed apart from individual messages (Figure 16B) or adjacent to a selected message (Figure 16C);
• Not heard icon 3232 that indicates that the corresponding voicemail has not been heard;
• Downloading icon 3234 that indicates that the corresponding voicemail is being downloaded to the device 100; and • Call icon 3240 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a call to the phone number associated with the selected voicemail.
[00215] If the list of voicemail messages fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the list using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3224 on the touch screen. [00216] In some embodiments, a vertical bar 3260 (Figure 16C), analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the list of voicemails that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
[00217] In some embodiments, in response to a user tap or other predefined gesture in the row corresponding to a particular voicemail (but other than a tap or gesture on icon 3214), the phone module initiates playback of the corresponding voicemail. Thus, there is random access to the voicemails and the voicemails may be heard in any order.
[00218] In some embodiments, in response to a user gesture, the playback position in the voicemail can be modified. For example, in response to the user's finger touching 3206 at or near the end of the progress bar and then sliding along the progress bar, the playback position may be altered to correspond to the position of the user's finger along the progress bar. This user gesture on the progress bar makes it easy for a user to skip to and/or replay portions of interest in the voicemail message.
[00219] Figure 17 illustrates an exemplary user interface for organizing and managing email in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, user interface 3300 (Figure 17) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• a set of mailboxes, such as inbox 3302, which may be organized in rows with a selection icon 3306 for each row;
• an unread messages icon 3304 that indicates the number of unread messages;
• a settings icon 3308 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to input mailbox settings; and
• a create email icon 3310 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for creating a new email message (e.g. UI 3400A, Figure 18A). [00220] If the set of mailboxes fills more than the screen area, the user may scroll through the mailboxes using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3312 on the touch screen.
[00221] In some embodiments, a vertical bar, analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the list of mailboxes that helps a user understand what portion of the list is being displayed.
[00222] Figures 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary user interface for creating emails in accordance with some embodiments.
[00223] In response to the user activating create email icon 3310 (Figure 17), the device displays UI 3400A (Figure 18A). [00224] In some embodiments, if the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the subject line 3408 or in the body of the email 3412 (Figure 18A), a letter keyboard 616 appears and the user may input the subject and/or body text (Figure 18C). In some embodiments, to enter the email address, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact; and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message (Figure 18C). If others need to be copied on the email, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email; the user's contact list appears; the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the desired recipient/contact (e.g., tapping on Janet Walker in the contact list); and the device places the corresponding email address in the email message (Figure 18C).
[00225] In some embodiments, to enter the email address, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the To: line 3406 of the email (Figure 18A). Add recipient icon 3422 appears, which when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon 3422) initiates the display of a scrollable list of contacts (e.g., 3426, Figure 18B) that match the input, if any, in the To: field. For example, if the letter "B" is input, then contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "B" are shown. If the letters "Br" are input in the To: field, then the list of
contacts is narrowed to contacts with either a first name or last name beginning with "Br", and so on until one of the displayed contacts is selected (e.g., by a tap on a contact in the list 3426). If others need to be copied on the email, the user makes a tap or other predefined gesture on the CC: line 3407 of the email and follows an analogous procedure to that used for inputting addresses in the To: field.
[00226] In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the list 3426 by applying a vertical swipe gesture 3428 to the area displaying the list 3426. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward, [00227] In some embodiments, a vertical bar 3430 (Figure 18B) is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list 3426). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3430 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
[00228] In some embodiments, the user may also enter the email address using one or more keyboards (e.g., 616 and 624, not shown).
[00229] The device sends the email message in response to the user activating the send icon 3404 (Figure 18C) (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon). Alternatively, if the user activates the cancel icon 3402, the device may display a save draft icon and a don't save (or delete message) icon. The device saves the draft if the user activates the save draft icon 1810, e.g., in a drafts folder in mail client 140 (Figure 17). The device deletes the draft if the user activates the don't save icon 1812.
[00230] In some embodiments, in response to the user activating the attach icon 3410 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the touch screen displays a UI for adding attachments (not shown).
[00231] Figures 19A- 191 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and managing an inbox in accordance with some embodiments. Analogous user interfaces may be used to display and manage the other mailboxes (e.g., drafts, sent, trash, personal, and/or work in UI 3300, Figure 17). In some embodiments, user interfaces 3500A-3500I (Figures 19A- 191) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, 406, and 3310, as described above;
• mailboxes icon 3502 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of mailbox UI 3300 (Figure 17);
• unread messages icon 3504 that displays the number of unread messages in the inbox; • names 3506 of the senders of the email messages;
• subject lines 3508 for the email messages;
• dates 3510 of the email messages;
• unread message icons 3512 that indicate messages that have not been opened;
• preview pane separator 3518 that separates the list of messages from a preview of a selected message in the list;
• settings icon 3520 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a settings user interface;
• move message icon 3522 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates the display of a move message user interface; • Delete symbol icon 3524 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to confirm that the user wants to delete the selected email (e.g. UI 3500E, Figure 19E);
• Reply/Forward icon 3526 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI to select how to reply or forward the selected email (e.g. UI 3500F, Figure 19F or UI 35001, Figure 191);
• Preview pane 3528 that displays a portion of the selected email message;
• Details icon 3530 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of email addressing details 3534 (Figure 19C);
• Cancel icon 3540 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous user interface (e.g. UI 3500D, Figure 19D);
• Confirm delete icon 3542 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) deletes the selected email;
• Reply icon 3544 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email replying to the sender;
• Reply All icon 3546 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email replying to the sender and the other parties included in the selected email (e.g., by cc:);
• Forward icon 3548 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates creation of an email to be forwarded;
• Show preview pane icon 3550 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of preview pane 3528;
• Don't show preview pane icon 3552 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) stops display of preview pane 3528; • Vertical bar 3554 for the list of email messages that helps a user understand what portion of the list of email messages is being displayed;
• Vertical bar 3556 for the email message in the preview pane that helps a user understand what portion of the message is being displayed;
• Horizontal bar 3558 for the email message in the preview pane that helps a user understand what portion of the message is being displayed; and
• Refresh mailbox icon 3560 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates downloading of new email messages, if any, from a remote server.
[00232] If the set of emails fill more than the screen area (or more than the screen area above the preview pane), the user may scroll through the emails using vertically upward and/or vertically downward gestures 3514 on the touch screen.
[00233] In some embodiments, vertical bar 3554 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the list of email messages). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3554 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email list being displayed. For example, in Figure 19H, the vertical position of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that the middle of the email list is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3554 indicates that roughly one third of the e-mail list is being displayed.
[00234] In some embodiments, the email subjects 3508 are not displayed if the preview pane 3528 is used. In some embodiments, the position of the preview pane separator can be adjusted by the user making contact 3516 at or near the preview pane separator and moving the separator to the desired location by dragging the finger contact 3538. In some embodiments, arrows 3539 or other graphics appear during the positioning of the preview pane separator (e.g., UI 3500D, Figure 19D) to help guide the user.
[00235] In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506, 3510, and/or 3508) about a particular email message, some or all of the text in the row is highlighted (e.g., by coloring, shading, or bolding) and the corresponding message is displayed in the preview pane area. In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined gesture by the user in a row containing information (e.g., 3506, 3510, and/or 3508) about a particular email message, the email message is displayed on the full screen if the preview pane is not being used.
[00236] In some embodiments, if the selected email fills more than the preview pane area, the user may scroll through the email using two-dimensional gestures 3532 in the preview pane with vertical and/or horizontal movement of the email on the touch screen.
[00237] In some embodiments, vertical bar 3556 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528). In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the email message that corresponds to the vertical position in the email of the displayed portion of the email. In some embodiments, the vertical bar 3556 has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in Figure 19H, the vertical position of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that the top of the email is being displayed and the vertical length of the vertical bar 3556 indicates that a portion from the top quarter of the email is being displayed.
[00238] In some embodiments, horizontal bar 3558 is displayed temporarily after an object is detected on or near the touch screen display (e.g., a finger touch is detected anywhere on the email message in the preview pane 3528). In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the email that corresponds to the horizontal position in the email of the displayed portion of the email. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar 3558 has a horizontal length that corresponds to the portion of the email being displayed. For example, in Figure 19H, the horizontal position of
the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion of the left side of the email is being displayed and the horizontal length of the horizontal bar 3558 indicates that a portion from the left half of the email is being displayed. Together, vertical bar 3556 and horizontal bar 3558 indicate that the northwest corner of the email message in the preview pane is being displayed. [00239] In some embodiments, an email is displayed such that only vertical scrolling is needed, in which case horizontal bar 3558 is not used
[00240] In some embodiments, in response to user activation of an additional information icon (e.g., ">") on the detail information 3534 in Figure 19C (e.g., by a finger tap 3536 on the icon), the touch screen may display contact list information for the corresponding party, if available (e.g., UI 2800C, Figure 15C) or a UI analogous to UI 2800D, Figure 15D.
[00241] Figure 19J illustrates an exemplary user interface for setting email user preferences in accordance with some embodiments, hi some embodiments, user interface 3600 (Figure 19J) includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• 402, 404, and 406, as described above; • Done icon 3602 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) returns the device to the previous UI;
• Accounts 3604 for entering email account information;
• Message list displays 3606 for selecting whether sender 3506 and/or subject 3508 information is displayed in the emails lists; • Display newest messages 3608 for selecting whether the newest messages are displayed at the top or bottom of the screen;
• Message display locations 3610 for selecting whether the messages are displayed in the preview pane or full screen;
• Preferred message format 3612 for selecting how the messages are formatted (e.g., HTML or plain text);
• Rules 3614 for creating rules for managing email messages;
• Selection icons 3616 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) show choices for the corresponding settings.
[00242] In some embodiments, a user may tap anywhere in the row for a particular setting to initiate display of the corresponding setting choices.
[00243] In some embodiments, the settings in Figure 19J are incorporated into settings
412 (Figure 4B) and settings icon 3520 need not be displayed in the email application 140 (e.g., Figure 19G).
[00244] Figures 20A-20G illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a browser in accordance with some embodiments.
[00245] In some embodiments, user interfaces 3900A-3900G (Figures 20A-20G) include the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof: • 402, 404, and 406, as described above;
• Previous page icon 3902 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the previous web page;
• Web page name 3904;
• Next page icon 3906 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of the next web page;
• URL (Uniform Resource Locator) entry box 3908 for inputting URLs of web pages;
• Refresh icon 3910 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates a refresh of the web page;
• Web page 3912 or other structured document, which is made of blocks 3914 of text content and other graphics (e.g., images and inline multimedia);
• Settings icon 3916 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a settings menu for the browser;
• Bookmarks icon 3918 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a bookmarks list or menu for the browser; • Add bookmark icon 3920 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for adding bookmarks;
• New window icon 3922 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates display of a UI for adding new windows to the browser;
• Vertical bar 3962 (Figures 2OF and 20G), analogous to the vertical bars described above, for the web page 3912 or other structured document that helps a user understand what portion of the web page 3912 or other structured document is being displayed; • Horizontal bar 3964 (Figures 2OF and 20G), analogous to the horizontal bars described above, for the web page 3912 or other structured document that helps a user understand what portion of the web page 3912 or other structured document is being displayed;
[00246] In some embodiments, in response to a predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture), the block is enlarged and centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. For example, in response to a single tap gesture 3923 on block 3914-5, block 3914-5 may be enlarged and centered in the display, as shown in UI 3900C, Figure 2OC. In some embodiments, the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the width of the block is scaled to fill the touch screen display with a predefined amount of padding along the sides of the display. In some embodiments, a zooming animation of the block is displayed during enlargement of the block. Similarly, in response to a single tap gesture 3925 on block 3914-2, block 3914-2 may be enlarged with a zooming animation and two-dimensionally scrolled to the center of the display (not shown). [00247] In some embodiments, the device analyzes the render tree of the web page
3912 to determine the blocks 3914 in the web page. In some embodiments, a block 3914 corresponds to a render node that is: replaced; a block; an inline block; or an inline table.
[00248] In some embodiments, in response to the same predefined gesture by the user on a block 3914 (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) that is already enlarged and centered, the enlargement and/or centering is substantially or completely reversed. For example, in response to a single tap gesture 3929 (Figure 20C) on block 3914-5, the web page image may zoom out and return to UI 3900A, Figure 2OA.
[00249] In some embodiments, in response to a predefined gesture (e.g., a single tap gesture or a double tap gesture) by the user on a block 3914 that is already enlarged but not centered, the block is centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. For example, in response to a single tap gesture 3927 (Figure 20C) on block 3914-4, block 3914- 4 may be centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. Similarly, in response
to a single tap gesture 3935 (Figure 20C) on block 3914-6, block 3914-6 may be centered (or substantially centered) in the web page display. Thus, for a web page display that is already enlarged, in response to a predefined gesture, the device may display in an intuitive manner a series of blocks that the user wants to view. This same gesture may initiate different actions in different contexts (e.g., (1) zooming and/or enlarging in combination with scrolling when the web page is reduced in size, UI 3900A and (2) reversing the enlargement and/or centering if the block is already centered and enlarged).
[00250] In some embodiments, in response to a multi-touch 3931 and 3933 de- pinching gesture by the user (Figure 20C), the web page may be enlarged. Conversely, in response to a multi-touch pinching gesture by the user, the web page may be reduced.
[00251] In some embodiments, in response to a substantially vertical upward (or downward) swipe gesture by the user, the web page (or, more generally, other electronic documents) may scroll one-dimensionally upward (or downward) in the vertical direction. For example, in response to an upward swipe gesture 3937 by the user that is within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll one- dimensionally upward in the vertical direction.
[00252] Conversely, in some embodiments, in response to a swipe gesture that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally (i.e., with simultaneous movement in both the vertical and horizontal directions). For example, in response to an upward swipe gesture 3939 (Figure 20C) by the user that is not within a predetermined angle (e.g., 27°) of being perfectly vertical, the web page may scroll two-dimensionally along the direction of the swipe 3939.
[00253] In some embodiments, in response to a multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture by the user (Figure 20C), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° (UI 3900D, Figure 20D) for landscape viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3941 and 3943 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°. Similarly, in response to a multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture by the user (UI 3900D, Figure 20D), the web page may be rotated exactly 90° for portrait viewing, even if the amount of rotation in the multi-touch 3945 and 3947 rotation gesture is substantially different from 90°. [00254] Thus, in response to imprecise gestures by the user, precise movements of graphics occur. The device behaves in the manner desired by the user despite inaccurate input by the user. Also, note that the gestures described for UI 3900C, which has a portrait view,
are also applicable to UIs with a landscape view (e.g., UI 3900D, Figure 20D) so that the user can choose whichever view the user prefers for web browsing.
[00255] In some embodiments, a portable electronic device with a touch screen display
(e.g., device 100) displays at least a portion of a structured electronic document on the touch screen display. The structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914, Figure 20A).
[00256] In some embodiments, the plurality of boxes are defined by a style sheet language. In some embodiments, the style sheet language is a cascading style sheet language. In some embodiments, the structured electronic document is a web page (e.g., web page 3912, Figure 20A). In some embodiments, the structured electronic document is an HTML or XML document.
[00257] In some embodiments, displaying at least a portion of the structured electronic document comprises scaling the document width to fit within the touch screen display width independent of the document length. [00258] In some embodiments, the touch screen display is rectangular with a short axis and a long axis; the display width corresponds to the short axis when the structured electronic document is seen in portrait view (e.g., Figure 20C); and the display width corresponds to the long axis when the structured electronic document is seen in landscape view (e.g., Figure 20D). [00259] In some embodiments, prior to displaying at least a portion of a structured electronic document, borders, margins, and/or paddings are determined for the plurality of boxes and adjusted for display on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, all boxes in the plurality of boxes are adjusted. In some embodiments, just the first box is adjusted, hi some embodiments, just the first box and boxes adjacent to the first box are adjusted. [00260] A first gesture is detected at a location on the displayed portion of the structured electronic document (e.g., gesture 3923, Figure 20A). In some embodiments, the first gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the first gesture is a stylus gesture.
[00261] In some embodiments, the first gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the first gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
[00262] A first box (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20A) in the plurality of boxes is determined at the location of the first gesture. In some embodiments, the structured electronic document has an associated render tree with a plurality of nodes and determining the first box at the location of the first gesture comprises: traversing down the render tree to determine a first node in the plurality of nodes that corresponds to the detected location of the first gesture; traversing up the render tree from the first node to a closest parent node that contains a logical grouping of content; and identifying content corresponding to the closest parent node as the first box. In some embodiments, the logical grouping of content comprises a paragraph, an image, a plugin object, or a table. In some embodiments, the closest parent node is a replaced inline, a block, an inline block, or an inline table.
[00263] The first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display
(e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20C). In some embodiments, enlarging and substantially centering comprises simultaneously zooming and translating the first box on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, enlarging comprises expanding the first box so that the width of the first box is substantially the same as the width of the touch screen display.
[00264] In some embodiments, text in the enlarged first box is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the first box; and if a text size for text in the first box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the first box to at least the determined minimum text size. In some embodiments, the first box has a width; the display has a display width; and the scale factor is the display width divided by the width of the first box prior to enlarging. In some embodiments, the resizing occurs during the enlarging. In some embodiments, the resizing occurs after the enlarging.
[00265] In some embodiments, text in the structured electronic document is resized to meet or exceed a predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the text resizing comprises: determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and if a text size for text in the structured electronic document is less than the
determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the structured electronic document to at least the determined minimum text size. In some embodiments, the text resizing comprises: identifying boxes containing text in the plurality of boxes; determining a scale factor by which the first box will be enlarged; dividing the predetermined minimum text size on the touch screen display by the scaling factor to determine a minimum text size for text in the structured electronic document; and for each identified box containing text, if a text size for text in the identified box is less than the determined minimum text size, increasing the text size for text in the identified box to at least the determined minimum text size and adjusting the size of the identified box. [00266] In some embodiments, a second gesture (e.g., gesture 3929, Figure 20C) is detected on the enlarged first box. hi response to detecting the second gesture, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is reduced in size. In some embodiments, the first box returns to its size prior to being enlarged.
[00267] In some embodiments, the second gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a stylus gesture.
[00268] In some embodiments, the second gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the second gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers. [00269] In some embodiments, while the first box is enlarged, a third gesture (e.g., gesture 3927 or gesture 3935, Figure 20C) is detected on a second box other than the first box. In response to detecting the third gesture, the second box is substantially centered on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the third gesture and the first gesture are the same type of gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a stylus gesture.
[00270] In some embodiments, the third gesture is a tap gesture. In some embodiments, the third gesture is a double tap with a single finger, a double tap with two fingers, a single tap with a single finger, or a single tap with two fingers.
[00271] In some embodiments, a swipe gesture (e.g., gesture 3937 or gesture 3939, Figure 20C) is detected on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the swipe gesture, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is translated on the touch
screen display. In some embodiments, the translating comprises vertical, horizontal, or diagonal movement of the structured electronic document on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the swipe gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the swipe gesture is a stylus gesture. [00272] In some embodiments, a fifth gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3941/3943,
Figure 20C) is detected on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the fifth gesture, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90 °. In some embodiments, the fifth gesture is a finger gesture. In some embodiments, the fifth gesture is a multifinger gesture. In some embodiments, the fifth gesture is a twisting multifinger gesture.
[00273] In some embodiments, a change in orientation of the device is detected. In response to detecting the change in orientation of the device, the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is rotated on the touch screen display by 90°.
[00274] In some embodiments, a multi-finger de-pinch gesture (e.g., multi-touch gesture 3931/3933, Figure 20C) is detected on the touch screen display. In response to detecting the multi-finger de-pinch gesture, a portion of the displayed portion of the structured electronic document is enlarged on the touch screen display in accordance with a position of the multi-finger de-pinch gesture and an amount of finger movement in the multifinger de-pinch gesture. [00275] A graphical user interface (e.g., UI 3900A, Figure 20A) on a portable electronic device with a touch screen display comprises at least a portion of a structured electronic document (e.g., web page 3912, Figure 20A). The structured electronic document comprises a plurality of boxes of content (e.g., blocks 3914, Figure 20A). In response to detecting a first gesture (e.g., gesture 3923, Figure 20A) at a location on the portion of the structured electronic document, a first box (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20A) in the plurality of boxes at the location of the first gesture is determined and the first box is enlarged and substantially centered on the touch screen display (e.g., Block 5 3914-5, Figure 20C).
[00276] In some embodiments, in response to a tap or other predefined user gesture on
URL entry box 3908, the touch screen displays an enlarged entry box 3926 and a keyboard 616 (e.g., UI 3900B, Figure 2OB in portrait viewing and UI 3900E, Figure 2OE in landscape viewing). In some embodiments, the touch screen also displays:
• Contextual clear icon 3928 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates deletion of all text in entry box 3926;
• a search icon 3930 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates an Internet search using the search terms input in box 3926; and • Go to URL icon 3932 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) initiates acquisition of the web page with the URL input in box 3926;
[00277] Thus, the same entry box 3926 may be used for inputting both search terms and URLs. In some embodiments, whether or not clear icon 3928 is displayed depends on the context. [00278] Figures 21A-21I illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a music and video player 152 in accordance with some embodiments.
[00279] In some embodiments, icons for major content categories (e.g., playlists 4308, artists 4310, songs 4312, and video 4314) are displayed in a first area of the display (e.g., 4340, Figure 21A). In some embodiments, the first area also includes an icon (e.g., more icon 4316) that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) leads to additional content categories (e.g., albums, audiobooks, compilations, composers, genres, and podcasts in Figure 43J).
[00280] In some embodiments, the player 152 includes a now playing icon 4302 that when activated (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) takes the user directly to a UI displaying information about the currently playing music (not shown).
[00281] In some embodiments, in response to a series of gestures (e.g., finger taps) by the user, the device displays a series of content categories and sub-categories. For example, if the user activates selection icon 4306 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon) or, in some embodiments, taps anywhere in the Top 25 row 4318, the UI changes from a display of playlist categories (UI 4300A, Figure 41A) to a display of the Top 25 sub-category (UI 4300B, Figure 21B).
[00282] If just a portion of a category or sub-category is displayed, a vertical bar, analogous to the vertical bars described above, is displayed on top of the category/sub- category that helps a user understand what portion of the category/sub-category is being displayed (e.g., vertical bar 4320, Figure 21B). In some embodiments, a user can scroll through the list of items in the category/sub-category by applying a vertical or substantially
vertical swipe gesture 4322 to the area displaying the list. In some embodiments, a vertically downward gesture scrolls the list downward and a vertically upward gesture scrolls the list upward.
[00283] In some embodiments, if the user scrolls to the top of the list and then continues to apply a scrolling gesture (e.g., 4324, Figure 21C), background 4326-1 appears and the vertical bar 4320-1 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the top of the list has been reached. When the user's finger breaks contact with the touch screen display, the list may move back to the top of the display and the background 4326-1 shrinks to nothing. Similarly, if the user scrolls to the bottom of the list and then continues to apply a scrolling gesture (e.g., 4328, Figure 21D), background 4326-2 appears and the vertical bar 4320-2 may start to reduce in length to indicate to the user that the bottom of the list has been reached. When the user's finger breaks contact with the touch screen display, the list may move back to the bottom of the display and the background 4326-2 shrinks to nothing. This "rubber band-like" behavior at the terminus of lists may be applied to many other types of lists and documents that have vertical scrolling. Similar behavior may be applied to all of the edges of documents that can be translated in two dimensions (e.g., web pages, word processing documents, and photographs and other images). Additional description of this "rubber band-like" scrolling and translation behavior can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,801, "List Scrolling And Document Translation On A Touch-Screen Display," filed January 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00284] In some embodiments, if the user activates artists icon 4310 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the artists category will be displayed (Figure 21E). In some embodiments, such as when the artists list is arranged alphabetically, an index item/symbol (e.g., the letter A 4330-1) may remain adjacent to a respective information item subset (e.g., artists 4332 whose name begins with the letter A). When scrolling up through the list of information items (e.g., in response to an upward swipe on the touch sensitive display by the user), the index item/symbol may move to the upper edge of a window (e.g., window 4336, Figure 21F). As the scrolling continues (e.g., in response to gesture 4334, Figure 21F), the index item/symbol may remain there until the end of the respective information item subset is reached, at which time the index item/symbol may be replaced with a subsequent index item/symbol (e.g., the letter B 4330-2). An analogous scrolling effect is shown for the Movies 4330-3 and Music Videos 4330-4 index items in UI 4300H and UI 43001 (Figures 21H and
211). Additional description of such scrolling is described in U.S. Patent Application Nos.
11/322,547, "Scrolling List With Floating Adjacent Index Symbols," filed December 23, 2005; No. 11/322,551, "Continuous Scrolling List With Acceleration," filed December 23, 2005; and No. 11/322,553, "List Scrolling In Response To Moving Contact Over List Of Index Symbols," filed December 23, 2005, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[00285] In some embodiments, if the user activates songs icon 4312 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the songs category will be displayed (Figure 21G).
[00286] In some embodiments, if the user activates videos icon 4314 (e.g., by a finger tap on the icon), the video category will be displayed (Figure 21H). [00287] Figures 22A-22E illustrate exemplary user interfaces for a calendar in accordance with some embodiments. Additional description of calendars can be found in U.S. Patent Application No. 60/883,820, "System And Method For Viewing And Managing Calendar Entries," filed January 7, 2007, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. [00288] In some embodiments, vertical and horizontal bars help a user understand what portion of a list or document is being displayed.
[00289] Figure 23A is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2300 of displaying a portion of a list of items in accordance with some embodiments. A portable multifunction device displays (2302) a portion of a list of items on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list.
[00290] In some embodiments, the list of items is a list of contacts (e.g. Figure 7A), a list of instant message conversations (e.g. Figure 5), a list of instant messages (e.g. Figure 6A), a list of photo albums (e.g. Figure 1 IB), a list of audio content (e.g., Figure 21B), a list of video content (e.g. Figure 14C), a list of calendar entries (e.g. Figure 22C), a list of recent calls (e.g. Figure 15B), a list of mailboxes (e.g. Figure 17), a list of emails (e.g. Figure 19A), a list of settings (e.g., Figure 19J), or a list of voicemail messages (e.g. Figure 16C).
[00291] An object is detected (2304) on or near the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the object is a finger.
[00292] In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, a vertical bar is displayed (2306) on top of the displayed portion of the list. See, for example, vertical bar 640 in Figure 6G, and vertical bar 1314 in Figure HA. The vertical bar has a
vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is translucent or transparent. The vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the list along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
[00293] In some embodiments, a movement of the object is detected (2308) on or near the displayed portion of the list. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
[00294] In response to detecting the movement, the list of items displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled (2310) so that a new portion of the list is displayed and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed new portion of the list, hi some embodiments, scrolling the list has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, scrolling the list is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
[00295] After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased (2312) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, even though displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent less than a vertical extent of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2314). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2316). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the list (2318).
[00296] A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the
list of items. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
[00297] Figure 23B is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2330 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments. A portable multifunction device displays (2332) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document. In some embodiments, the electronic document is a web page (e.g., Figure 20A). In some embodiments, the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., Figure 19B), or presentation document.
[00298] An object is detected (2334) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the object is a finger.
[00299] In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar is displayed (2336) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 1222 in Figure 1OA and vertical bar 3962 in Figure 2OF. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is translucent or transparent. The vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar (see, for example, vertical bar 1222 in Figure 10, and vertical bar 3962 in Figure 20H).
[00300] In some embodiments, a movement of the object is detected (2338) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
[UU301J In response to detecting the movement, the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is scrolled (2340) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, and the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, scrolling the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, scrolling the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
[00302] After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased (2342). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2344). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2346). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document (2348) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
[00303] A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document, and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document. [00304] Figure 23 C is a flow diagram illustrating a process 2360 of displaying a portion of an electronic document in accordance with some embodiments. A portable multifunction device displays (2362) a portion of an electronic document on a touch screen
display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document. In some embodiments, the electronic document is a web page (e.g., Figure 20A). In some embodiments, the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email (e.g., Figure 19B), or presentation document.
[00305] An object is detected (2364) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the object is a finger.
[00306] In response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, a vertical bar and a horizontal bar are displayed (2366) on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document. See for example vertical bar 3962 and horizontal bar 3964 in Figure 2OH. In some embodiments, the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document and the horizontal bar is located on the bottom side of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are translucent or transparent. [00307] The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
[00308] The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed. In some embodiments, the horizontal bar has a major axis, substantially perpendicular to the major axis of the vertical bar, and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the horizontal bar is not covered by the horizontal bar.
[00309] In some embodiments, a movement of the object is detected (2368) on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document. In some embodiments, the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
[00310] In response to detecting the movement, the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display is translated (2370) so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed. In some embodiments, the electronic document is translated in a vertical direction, a horizontal direction, or a diagonal direction. In some embodiments, the electronic document is translated in accordance with the movement of the object. In some embodiments, translating the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object. In some embodiments, translating the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
[00311] In response to detecting the movement, the vertical position of the vertical bar is moved to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
[00312] In response to detecting the movement, the horizontal position of the horizontal bar is moved to a new horizontal position such that the new horizontal position corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
[00313] After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased (2372) while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively. In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display (2374). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period (2376). In some embodiments, the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document (2378).
[00314] A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display comprises a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display. The displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document. The GUI also comprises a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document, and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. In response to
detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document. The vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. The horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document. After a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and a horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
[00315] Vertical and horizontal bars may have, without limitation, a rectangular cross section, a rectangular cross section with rounded corners, or a racetrack oval cross section with two opposing flat sides and two opposing rounded sides. [00316] In some embodiments, the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items. This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable. [00317] In some embodiments, the vertical and/or horizontal bars appear for a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1-2 seconds) when only a portion of an electronic document or list of items is first displayed, even if no object is detected on or near the electronic document or list of items. This initial display of the vertical and/or horizontal bars signals to the user that the electronic document or list of items is scrollable and that only a portion of the electronic document or list of items is being displayed.
[00318] As described above, the vertical and/or horizontal bars provide portable multifunction devices with more transparent and intuitive user interfaces for navigating portions of electronic documents and/or lists of items that are easy to use. In addition, the vertical and/or horizontal bars do not reduce the screen area available for the display of documents, lists, and other content.
[00319] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not
intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
Claims
1. A computer-implemented method, comprising: at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document, and wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document comprises a vertical portion of the electronic document and a horizontal portion of the electronic document; detecting a finger on the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the finger on the displayed portion of the electronic document, displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed; the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed; detecting a movement of the finger on the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the movement, translating the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, moving the vertical position of the vertical bar to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document, and moving the horizontal position of the horizontal bar to a new horizontal position such that the new horizontal position corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document; and after a predetermined condition is met, ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar while continuing to display the new portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed new portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
2. A computer-implemented method, comprising: at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and after a predetermined condition is met, ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
3. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, further comprising: displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
4. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
5. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
6. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
7. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed.
8. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the electronic document is a web page.
9. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email or presentation document.
10. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the object is a finger.
11. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document and the horizontal bar is located on the bottom side of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
12. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, wherein the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are translucent or transparent.
13. The computer-implemented method of claim 2, including: detecting a movement of the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the movement, translating the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed, moving the vertical position of the vertical bar to a new vertical position such that the new vertical position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document, and moving the horizontal position of the horizontal bar to a new horizontal position such that the new horizontal position corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
14. The computer-implemented method of claim 13, wherein the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
15. The computer-implemented method of claim 13 , wherein the electronic document is translated in a vertical direction, a horizontal direction, or a diagonal direction.
16. The computer-implemented method of claim 13, wherein the electronic document is translated in accordance with the movement of the object.
17. The computer-implemented method of claim 13, wherein translating the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
18. The computer-implemented method of claim 13 , wherein translating the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
19. The computer-implemented method of claim 13, wherein the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar, and wherein the horizontal bar has a major axis, substantially perpendicular to the major axis of the vertical bar, and a portion of the electronic document along the major axis of the horizontal bar is not covered by the horizontal bar.
20. A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, comprising: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; and a horizontal bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; wherein: in response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and after a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar and the horizontal bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
21. The graphical user interface of claim 20, wherein the vertical bar and the horizontal bar are displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
22. The graphical user interface of claim 20, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the vertical portion of the electronic document being displayed; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal length that corresponds to the horizontal portion of the electronic document being displayed.
23. A portable multifunction device, comprising: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; instructions for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
24. The portable multifunction device of claim 23, further comprising: instructions for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
25. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; display a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; cease to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
26. The computer readable storage medium of claim 25, further comprising instructions, which when executed by the portable multifunction device with the touch screen display, cause the device to: display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
27. A portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, comprising: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document and a horizontal position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; means for displaying a vertical bar and a horizontal bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and the horizontal bar has a horizontal position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the horizontal position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar and the horizontal bar after a predetermined condition is met while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent and horizontal extent that are less than a vertical extent and horizontal extent of the electronic document, respectively.
28. The portable multifunction device of claim 27, further comprising: means for displaying the vertical bar and the horizontal bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
29. A computer-implemented method, comprising: at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detecting a finger on the displayed portion of the list; in response to detecting the finger on the displayed portion of the list, displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed; detecting a movement of the finger on the displayed portion of the list; in response to detecting the movement, scrolling the list of items displayed on the touch screen display so that a new portion of the list is displayed, the displayed new portion of the list having an associated vertical position in the list; and moving the vertical position of the vertical bar to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed new portion of the list; and after a predetermined condition is met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the list, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the list.
30. The computer-implemented method of claim 29, further comprising; displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
31. A computer-implemented method, comprising: at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and after a predetermined condition is met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the list, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the list.
32. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , further comprising: displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
33. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
34. The computer-implemented method of claim 31, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
35. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the list.
36. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
37. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the list of items is a list of contacts, a list of instant message conversations, a list of instant messages, a list of photo albums, a list of audio and/or video content, a list of calendar entries, a list of recent calls, a list of mailboxes, a list of emails, a list of settings, or a list of voicemail messages.
38. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the object is a finger.
39. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the list.
40. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , wherein the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
41. The computer-implemented method of claim 31 , including: detecting a movement of the object on or near the displayed portion of the list; in response to detecting the movement, scrolling the list of items displayed on the touch screen display so that a new portion of the list is displayed, and moving the vertical position of the vertical bar to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed new portion of the list.
42. The computer-implemented method of claim 41 , wherein the movement of the obj ect is on the touch screen display.
43. The computer-implemented method of claim 41 , wherein the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
44. The computer-implemented method of claim 41 , wherein scrolling the list has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
45. The computer-implemented method of claim 41, wherein scrolling the list is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
46. The computer-implemented method of claim 41 , wherein the vertical bar has a major axis and a portion of the list of items along the major axis of the vertical bar is not covered by the vertical bar.
47. A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, comprising: a portion of a list of items displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the list of items; wherein: in response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the list of items; the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and after a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while continuing to display the displayed portion of the list, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the list
48. The graphical user interface of claim 47, wherein: the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
49. The graphical user interface of claim 47, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the list being displayed.
50. A portable multifunction device, comprising: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including: instructions for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the list, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the list.
51. The portable multifunction device of claim 50, further comprising: instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
52. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the list, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the list.
53. The computer readable storage medium of claim 51 , further comprising instructions, which when executed by the portable multifunction device with the touch screen display, cause the device to: display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
54. A portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, comprising: means for displaying a portion of a list of items on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical position in the list; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the list; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the list in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the list, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the list that corresponds to the vertical position in the list of the displayed portion of the list; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met while continuing to display the displayed portion of the list, wherein the displayed portion of the list has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the list.
55. The portable multifunction device of claim 54, further comprising: means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the list is initially displayed.
56. A computer-implemented method, comprising: at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detecting a finger on the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the finger on the displayed portion of the electronic document, displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein: the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed; detecting a movement of the finger on the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the movement, scrolling the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed and moving the vertical position of the vertical bar to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document; and after a predetermined condition is met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
57. The computer-implemented method of claim 56, further comprising: displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
58. A computer-implemented method, comprising: at a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and after a predetermined condition is met, ceasing to display the vertical bar while continuing to display the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
59. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, further comprising: displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
60. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display.
61. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the touch screen display for a predetermined time period.
62. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the predetermined condition comprises ceasing to detect the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document.
63. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed.
64. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the electronic document is a web page.
65. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the electronic document is a word processing, spreadsheet, email or presentation document.
66. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the object is a finger.
67. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the vertical bar is located on the right hand side of the displayed portion of the electronic document.
68. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, wherein the vertical bar is translucent or transparent.
69. The computer-implemented method of claim 58, including: detecting a movement of the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; in response to detecting the movement, scrolling the electronic document displayed on the touch screen display so that a new portion of the electronic document is displayed and moving the vertical position of the vertical bar to a new position such that the new position corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed new portion of the electronic document.
70. The computer-implemented method of claim 69, wherein the movement of the object is on the touch screen display.
71. The computer-implemented method of claim 69, wherein the movement is a substantially vertical movement.
72. The computer-implemented method of claim 69, wherein scrolling the electronic document has an associated speed of translation that corresponds to a speed of movement of the object.
73. The computer-implemented method of claim 69, wherein scrolling the electronic document is in accordance with a simulation of an equation of motion having friction.
74. A graphical user interface on a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, comprising: a portion of an electronic document displayed on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; and a vertical bar displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; wherein: in response to detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, the vertical bar is displayed on top of the portion of the electronic document; the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and after a predetermined condition is met, the display of the vertical bar is ceased while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
75. The graphical user interface of claim 74, wherein the vertical bar is displayed for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
76. The graphical user interface of claim 74, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical length that corresponds to the portion of the electronic document being displayed.
77. A portable multifunction device, comprising: a touch screen display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including: instructions for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; instructions for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; instructions for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and instructions for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
78. The portable multifunction device of claim 77, further comprising: instructions for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
79. A computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by a portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, cause the device to: display a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; detect an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; display a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and cease to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
80. The computer readable storage medium of claim 79, further comprising instructions, which when executed by the portable multifunction device with the touch screen display, cause the device to: display the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
81. A portable multifunction device with a touch screen display, comprising: means for displaying a portion of an electronic document on the touch screen display, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical position in the electronic document; means for detecting an object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document; means for displaying a vertical bar on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document in response to detecting the object on or near the displayed portion of the electronic document, wherein the vertical bar has a vertical position on top of the displayed portion of the electronic document that corresponds to the vertical position in the electronic document of the displayed portion of the electronic document; and means for ceasing to display the vertical bar after a predetermined condition is met while the displayed portion of the electronic document continues to be displayed, wherein the displayed portion of the electronic document has a vertical extent that is less than a vertical extent of the electronic document.
82. The portable multifunction device of claim 81 , further comprising: means for displaying the vertical bar for a predetermined time period when the portion of the electronic document is initially displayed.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP08705751.9A EP2106652B1 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2008-01-07 | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents |
CN200880006520.6A CN101641946B (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2008-01-07 | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents |
Applications Claiming Priority (12)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US87925307P | 2007-01-07 | 2007-01-07 | |
US60/879,253 | 2007-01-07 | ||
US87946907P | 2007-01-08 | 2007-01-08 | |
US60/879,469 | 2007-01-08 | ||
US94738607P | 2007-06-29 | 2007-06-29 | |
US93799307P | 2007-06-29 | 2007-06-29 | |
US60/947,386 | 2007-06-29 | ||
US60/937,993 | 2007-06-29 | ||
US11/968,059 | 2007-12-31 | ||
US11/968,059 US8689132B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2007-12-31 | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists |
US11/969,819 | 2008-01-04 | ||
US11/969,819 US8130205B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2008-01-04 | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2008086319A1 true WO2008086319A1 (en) | 2008-07-17 |
Family
ID=39595326
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2008/050446 WO2008086319A1 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2008-01-07 | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic lists and documents |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US8689132B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2106652B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN101641946B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2008086319A1 (en) |
Cited By (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010083923A1 (en) * | 2009-01-21 | 2010-07-29 | Deutsche Telekom Ag | Method and device for transferring files |
WO2011031575A3 (en) * | 2009-09-09 | 2011-06-16 | Immersion Corporation | Systems and methods for haptically-enhanced text interfaces |
EP2363791A1 (en) * | 2010-03-02 | 2011-09-07 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB | Mobile terminal device and input device |
CN102449587A (en) * | 2009-05-27 | 2012-05-09 | 惠普开发有限公司 | Method and system to control the display of information |
WO2012108714A2 (en) * | 2011-02-11 | 2012-08-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for providing graphic user interface in mobile terminal |
EP2741194A1 (en) * | 2012-12-04 | 2014-06-11 | BlackBerry Limited | Scroll jump interface for touchscreen input/output device |
EP2743817A1 (en) * | 2012-12-12 | 2014-06-18 | British Telecommunications public limited company | Touch screen device for handling lists |
EP2612229A4 (en) * | 2010-09-01 | 2015-07-08 | Nokia Corp | A method and apparatus for displaying event notifications |
US9891709B2 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2018-02-13 | Immersion Corporation | Systems and methods for content- and context specific haptic effects using predefined haptic effects |
Families Citing this family (325)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7760187B2 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2010-07-20 | Apple Inc. | Visual expander |
US6415877B1 (en) | 1998-07-15 | 2002-07-09 | Deep Vision Llc | Subsea wellbore drilling system for reducing bottom hole pressure |
US9003295B2 (en) * | 2003-03-17 | 2015-04-07 | Leo Martin Baschy | User interface driven access control system and method |
US9176934B2 (en) | 2005-05-06 | 2015-11-03 | Leo Baschy | User interface for nonuniform access control system and methods |
US9129088B1 (en) | 2005-06-04 | 2015-09-08 | Leo Martin Baschy | User interface driven access control system and methods for multiple users as one audience |
US8225231B2 (en) | 2005-08-30 | 2012-07-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Aggregation of PC settings |
US8848892B2 (en) * | 2008-03-15 | 2014-09-30 | Nitesh Ratnakar | Contact list with conversation point reminder |
US9202068B2 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2015-12-01 | Leo M. Baschy | User interface for variable access control system |
KR100830467B1 (en) * | 2006-07-13 | 2008-05-20 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Display device having touch pannel and Method for processing zoom function of display device thereof |
US8564544B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2013-10-22 | Apple Inc. | Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons |
US8106856B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2012-01-31 | Apple Inc. | Portable electronic device for photo management |
US8570278B2 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2013-10-29 | Apple Inc. | Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker |
US7856605B2 (en) * | 2006-10-26 | 2010-12-21 | Apple Inc. | Method, system, and graphical user interface for positioning an insertion marker in a touch screen display |
US8689132B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2014-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists |
US7925306B2 (en) * | 2007-01-12 | 2011-04-12 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for providing a preview of message content on a mobile device |
KR100815523B1 (en) * | 2007-02-08 | 2008-03-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for playing and displaying music in terminal and apparatus using the same |
US8711102B2 (en) * | 2007-06-15 | 2014-04-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Graphical communication user interface with graphical position user input mechanism for selecting a display image |
US20090083669A1 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2009-03-26 | Autodesk, Inc. | Navigation system for a 3d virtual scene |
JP4396758B2 (en) * | 2007-10-31 | 2010-01-13 | カシオ計算機株式会社 | Circulating decimal display device and circulating decimal display control program |
US8201109B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2012-06-12 | Apple Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device |
US8205157B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2012-06-19 | Apple Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for conducting searches on a portable multifunction device |
US8650507B2 (en) * | 2008-03-04 | 2014-02-11 | Apple Inc. | Selecting of text using gestures |
EP2104024B1 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2018-05-02 | LG Electronics Inc. | Portable terminal capable of sensing proximity touch and method for controlling screen using the same |
CN101551726A (en) * | 2008-04-03 | 2009-10-07 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | Touch control system and method of electronic device |
US8174503B2 (en) | 2008-05-17 | 2012-05-08 | David H. Cain | Touch-based authentication of a mobile device through user generated pattern creation |
CN101605164A (en) * | 2008-06-13 | 2009-12-16 | 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 | The information correlation system of hand-held device and method |
US9030418B2 (en) * | 2008-06-24 | 2015-05-12 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Mobile terminal capable of sensing proximity touch |
JP4896932B2 (en) * | 2008-06-26 | 2012-03-14 | 京セラ株式会社 | Input device |
US8612881B2 (en) * | 2008-08-13 | 2013-12-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Web page content discovery |
KR101565378B1 (en) * | 2008-09-03 | 2015-11-03 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same |
KR101515390B1 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2015-04-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display device and image display method thereof |
US20100077361A1 (en) * | 2008-09-24 | 2010-03-25 | Andrew Watkins | Method of displaying multiple points of interest on a personal navigation device |
KR20100038688A (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2010-04-15 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and user interface of mobile terminal |
US20100085313A1 (en) * | 2008-10-07 | 2010-04-08 | Research In Motion Limited | Portable electronic device and method of secondary character rendering and entry |
EP2175355A1 (en) * | 2008-10-07 | 2010-04-14 | Research In Motion Limited | Portable electronic device and method of secondary character rendering and entry |
KR101608668B1 (en) * | 2008-10-20 | 2016-04-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for inputting of receiver information of character message |
US20100099448A1 (en) * | 2008-10-20 | 2010-04-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for inputting receiver information of text message |
US20100107100A1 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2010-04-29 | Schneekloth Jason S | Mobile Device Style Abstraction |
US8411046B2 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2013-04-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Column organization of content |
KR101544475B1 (en) * | 2008-11-28 | 2015-08-13 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Controlling of Input/Output through touch |
JP5134517B2 (en) * | 2008-12-08 | 2013-01-30 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing apparatus and method |
US9460063B2 (en) * | 2009-01-02 | 2016-10-04 | Apple Inc. | Identification, selection, and display of a region of interest in a document |
KR20100081577A (en) * | 2009-01-06 | 2010-07-15 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for controlling navigation of object in a portable terminal |
DE102009008041A1 (en) * | 2009-02-09 | 2010-08-12 | Volkswagen Ag | Method for operating a motor vehicle with a touchscreen |
US8589374B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2013-11-19 | Apple Inc. | Multifunction device with integrated search and application selection |
US8370736B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2013-02-05 | Apple Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a multifunction device with a touch screen display |
US8238876B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2012-08-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Notifications |
US8175653B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2012-05-08 | Microsoft Corporation | Chromeless user interface |
KR101553842B1 (en) * | 2009-04-21 | 2015-09-17 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal providing multi haptic effect and control method thereof |
US8669945B2 (en) * | 2009-05-07 | 2014-03-11 | Microsoft Corporation | Changing of list views on mobile device |
US8836648B2 (en) | 2009-05-27 | 2014-09-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Touch pull-in gesture |
KR101567785B1 (en) * | 2009-05-28 | 2015-11-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for controlling zoom function of a portable terminal |
US9148618B2 (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2015-09-29 | Apple Inc. | Systems and methods for previewing newly captured image content and reviewing previously stored image content |
US10613704B2 (en) * | 2009-06-03 | 2020-04-07 | Savant Systems, Llc | Small screen virtual room-based user interface |
US8493344B2 (en) | 2009-06-07 | 2013-07-23 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for accessibility using a touch-sensitive surface |
US8432252B2 (en) * | 2009-06-19 | 2013-04-30 | Authentec, Inc. | Finger sensor having remote web based notifications |
US8455961B2 (en) * | 2009-06-19 | 2013-06-04 | Authentec, Inc. | Illuminated finger sensor assembly for providing visual light indications including IC finger sensor grid array package |
TWI386656B (en) * | 2009-07-02 | 2013-02-21 | Novatek Microelectronics Corp | Capacitance measurement circuit and method |
US20110043538A1 (en) * | 2009-08-18 | 2011-02-24 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Method and Arrangement for Zooming on a Display |
JP5127792B2 (en) | 2009-08-18 | 2013-01-23 | キヤノン株式会社 | Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, program, and recording medium |
US8667424B2 (en) * | 2009-08-26 | 2014-03-04 | Mitac International Corp. | Method of spreading out and displaying closely located points of interest on a personal navigation device |
KR20110037298A (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2011-04-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Edit method of list and portable device using the same |
US20110099507A1 (en) | 2009-10-28 | 2011-04-28 | Google Inc. | Displaying a collection of interactive elements that trigger actions directed to an item |
US20110106439A1 (en) * | 2009-11-04 | 2011-05-05 | In-Tai Huang | Method of displaying multiple points of interest on a personal navigation device |
KR101595263B1 (en) * | 2009-12-03 | 2016-02-18 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for managing an album |
EP2333651B1 (en) * | 2009-12-11 | 2016-07-20 | Dassault Systèmes | Method and system for duplicating an object using a touch-sensitive display |
RU2554510C2 (en) * | 2009-12-23 | 2015-06-27 | Нокиа Корпорейшн | Device |
US20110161892A1 (en) * | 2009-12-29 | 2011-06-30 | Motorola-Mobility, Inc. | Display Interface and Method for Presenting Visual Feedback of a User Interaction |
US8698762B2 (en) | 2010-01-06 | 2014-04-15 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and displaying content in context |
US8621380B2 (en) * | 2010-01-06 | 2013-12-31 | Apple Inc. | Apparatus and method for conditionally enabling or disabling soft buttons |
JP2011145386A (en) * | 2010-01-13 | 2011-07-28 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Display control device, display device, and program |
US20110184738A1 (en) | 2010-01-25 | 2011-07-28 | Kalisky Dror | Navigation and orientation tools for speech synthesis |
US8473860B2 (en) * | 2010-02-12 | 2013-06-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Multi-layer user interface with flexible parallel and orthogonal movement |
EP2357574A1 (en) * | 2010-02-12 | 2011-08-17 | Research In Motion Limited | Method, device and system for controlling a display according to a defined sizing parameter |
US9417787B2 (en) * | 2010-02-12 | 2016-08-16 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Distortion effects to indicate location in a movable data collection |
US20110199318A1 (en) * | 2010-02-12 | 2011-08-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Multi-layer user interface with flexible parallel movement |
US20110225545A1 (en) * | 2010-03-09 | 2011-09-15 | Horodezky Samuel J | System and method of displaying graphical user interface objects |
US8448084B2 (en) * | 2010-04-08 | 2013-05-21 | Twitter, Inc. | User interface mechanics |
KR101704531B1 (en) * | 2010-04-22 | 2017-02-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for displaying text information in mobile terminal |
US20110302516A1 (en) * | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Oracle International Corporation | Mobile design patterns |
US9542091B2 (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2017-01-10 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through a user interface using a dynamic object selection indicator |
US8972903B2 (en) * | 2010-07-08 | 2015-03-03 | Apple Inc. | Using gesture to navigate hierarchically ordered user interface screens |
KR101783960B1 (en) * | 2010-08-19 | 2017-10-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for searching contents |
KR101780440B1 (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2017-09-22 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Output Controling Method Of List Data based on a Multi Touch And Portable Device supported the same |
US20120050063A1 (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2012-03-01 | Bahorich Benjamin L | System for gathering and recording production data and allocation thereof to a remote database |
KR101731843B1 (en) * | 2010-09-02 | 2017-05-02 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and Apparatus for displaying items |
CA2714710C (en) | 2010-09-03 | 2016-05-10 | Research In Motion Limited | System and method for incorporating short message service (sms) and multimedia messaging service (mms) contacts into an instant messaging interface |
US9489062B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2016-11-08 | Google Inc. | User interfaces for remote management and control of network-connected thermostats |
US8918219B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-12-23 | Google Inc. | User friendly interface for control unit |
US8727611B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-05-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats |
JP5478438B2 (en) * | 2010-09-14 | 2014-04-23 | 任天堂株式会社 | Display control program, display control system, display control apparatus, and display control method |
US9104211B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-08-11 | Google Inc. | Temperature controller with model-based time to target calculation and display |
US8732609B1 (en) | 2010-10-18 | 2014-05-20 | Intuit Inc. | Method and system for providing a visual scrollbar position indicator |
US8587547B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2013-11-19 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards |
US8587540B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2013-11-19 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards |
KR101522345B1 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2015-05-21 | 주식회사 케이티 | Method for displaying background pictures in mobile communication apparatus and apparatus the same |
US20120124091A1 (en) * | 2010-11-12 | 2012-05-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Application file system access |
TWI417782B (en) * | 2010-11-16 | 2013-12-01 | Altek Corp | An electronic apparatus having a touch-controlled interface and method of displaying figures related to files within certain time period |
CN102467334A (en) * | 2010-11-17 | 2012-05-23 | 三竹资讯股份有限公司 | Order placement and candidate grade view integration device and method for financial order placement software of mobile device |
CN102467734B (en) * | 2010-11-17 | 2015-07-29 | 三竹资讯股份有限公司 | The device and method of financial tape reading software details combination |
CN102467333B (en) * | 2010-11-17 | 2015-04-01 | 三竹资讯股份有限公司 | Device and method for quoted price view layout configuration and information combination in financial tape reading software |
US9552002B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2017-01-24 | Google Inc. | Graphical user interface for setpoint creation and modification |
US9092039B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-07-28 | Google Inc. | HVAC controller with user-friendly installation features with wire insertion detection |
US10346275B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-07-09 | Google Llc | Attributing causation for energy usage and setpoint changes with a network-connected thermostat |
US9075419B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-07-07 | Google Inc. | Systems and methods for a graphical user interface of a controller for an energy-consuming system having spatially related discrete display elements |
US8195313B1 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2012-06-05 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US8850348B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2014-09-30 | Google Inc. | Dynamic device-associated feedback indicative of responsible device usage |
US9453655B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2016-09-27 | Google Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for reporting performance information for an HVAC system controlled by a self-programming network-connected thermostat |
US9459018B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-10-04 | Google Inc. | Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system |
US9256230B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-02-09 | Google Inc. | HVAC schedule establishment in an intelligent, network-connected thermostat |
US11334034B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2022-05-17 | Google Llc | Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat |
US20120159395A1 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-06-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Application-launching interface for multiple modes |
US20120159383A1 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2012-06-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Customization of an immersive environment |
US8612874B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2013-12-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Presenting an application change through a tile |
US8689123B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2014-04-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Application reporting in an application-selectable user interface |
KR101799270B1 (en) * | 2010-12-29 | 2017-11-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and Method for recognizing touch thereof |
US9423951B2 (en) * | 2010-12-31 | 2016-08-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Content-based snap point |
US8863040B2 (en) * | 2011-01-04 | 2014-10-14 | Google Inc. | Gesture-based selection |
GB2487606A (en) * | 2011-01-13 | 2012-08-01 | Metaswitch Networks Ltd | Providing an overlay portion on a touch screen interface |
WO2012095676A2 (en) * | 2011-01-13 | 2012-07-19 | Metaswitch Networks Ltd | Controlling a computing device |
US8713471B1 (en) * | 2011-01-14 | 2014-04-29 | Intuit Inc. | Method and system for providing an intelligent visual scrollbar position indicator |
US8842082B2 (en) | 2011-01-24 | 2014-09-23 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document |
US9250798B2 (en) | 2011-01-24 | 2016-02-02 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold |
US20120210200A1 (en) * | 2011-02-10 | 2012-08-16 | Kelly Berger | System, method, and touch screen graphical user interface for managing photos and creating photo books |
US9015639B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2015-04-21 | Linkedin Corporation | Methods and systems for navigating a list with gestures |
TWI441052B (en) * | 2011-02-24 | 2014-06-11 | Avermedia Tech Inc | Gesture manipulation method and mutlimedia display apparatus |
US8904305B2 (en) * | 2011-03-11 | 2014-12-02 | Google Inc. | Automatically hiding controls |
WO2012125596A2 (en) | 2011-03-12 | 2012-09-20 | Parshionikar Uday | Multipurpose controller for electronic devices, facial expressions management and drowsiness detection |
US9383917B2 (en) | 2011-03-28 | 2016-07-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Predictive tiling |
CN102737062B (en) * | 2011-04-15 | 2016-08-17 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | A kind of good friend's Notification Method and device |
US8863039B2 (en) | 2011-04-18 | 2014-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Multi-dimensional boundary effects |
US20120272145A1 (en) * | 2011-04-22 | 2012-10-25 | Panasonic Automotive Systems Company Of America, Division Of Panasonic Corporation Of North America | Method for using radio presets as application shortcuts |
US20120278754A1 (en) * | 2011-04-29 | 2012-11-01 | Google Inc. | Elastic Over-Scroll |
US9069459B2 (en) * | 2011-05-03 | 2015-06-30 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Multi-threaded conditional processing of user interactions for gesture processing using rendering thread or gesture processing thread based on threshold latency |
KR20120124206A (en) * | 2011-05-03 | 2012-11-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for inputting texts in potable terminal |
KR101199618B1 (en) | 2011-05-11 | 2012-11-08 | 주식회사 케이티테크 | Apparatus and Method for Screen Split Displaying |
US9078070B2 (en) | 2011-05-24 | 2015-07-07 | Analog Devices, Inc. | Hearing instrument controller |
US20120304132A1 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2012-11-29 | Chaitanya Dev Sareen | Switching back to a previously-interacted-with application |
US9158445B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2015-10-13 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Managing an immersive interface in a multi-application immersive environment |
US9104440B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2015-08-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Multi-application environment |
US9658766B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2017-05-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Edge gesture |
US9104307B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2015-08-11 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Multi-application environment |
US8893033B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2014-11-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Application notifications |
US8819586B2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2014-08-26 | Microsoft Corporation | File access with different file hosts |
US9032338B2 (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2015-05-12 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for navigating and editing text |
US9092130B2 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2015-07-28 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation |
US9552376B2 (en) | 2011-06-09 | 2017-01-24 | MemoryWeb, LLC | Method and apparatus for managing digital files |
KR101794000B1 (en) * | 2011-06-13 | 2017-11-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for scrolling in portable terminal |
US9454299B2 (en) * | 2011-07-21 | 2016-09-27 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Methods, apparatus, computer-readable storage mediums and computer programs for selecting functions in a graphical user interface |
US8687023B2 (en) | 2011-08-02 | 2014-04-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Cross-slide gesture to select and rearrange |
KR101831403B1 (en) * | 2011-08-03 | 2018-02-22 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile Terminal And Method Of Controlling The Same |
US8971572B1 (en) | 2011-08-12 | 2015-03-03 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Hand pointing estimation for human computer interaction |
CN102956247B (en) * | 2011-08-19 | 2016-08-17 | 富泰华工业(深圳)有限公司 | Audio playing apparatus and audio regulation method |
US20130055167A1 (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2013-02-28 | Microsoft Corporation | Animation for Expanding/Collapsing Content and for Sorting Content in an Electronic Document |
US20130057587A1 (en) | 2011-09-01 | 2013-03-07 | Microsoft Corporation | Arranging tiles |
US8922575B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2014-12-30 | Microsoft Corporation | Tile cache |
US9557909B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2017-01-31 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Semantic zoom linguistic helpers |
US10353566B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2019-07-16 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Semantic zoom animations |
US9244802B2 (en) | 2011-09-10 | 2016-01-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Resource user interface |
US8933952B2 (en) | 2011-09-10 | 2015-01-13 | Microsoft Corporation | Pre-rendering new content for an application-selectable user interface |
US9146670B2 (en) | 2011-09-10 | 2015-09-29 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Progressively indicating new content in an application-selectable user interface |
KR101821818B1 (en) * | 2011-09-22 | 2018-01-24 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A control method of electric device |
US8300777B1 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2012-10-30 | Google Inc. | Divided call history user interface |
US9222693B2 (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2015-12-29 | Google Inc. | Touchscreen device user interface for remote control of a thermostat |
US8893032B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2014-11-18 | Google Inc. | User interfaces for HVAC schedule display and modification on smartphone or other space-limited touchscreen device |
EP3486743B1 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2022-05-25 | Google LLC | Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat |
EP2769275B1 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2021-05-12 | Google LLC | User-friendly, network connected learning programmable device and related method |
TW201319921A (en) * | 2011-11-07 | 2013-05-16 | Benq Corp | Method for screen control and method for screen display on a touch screen |
US9223472B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2015-12-29 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Closing applications |
US20130191778A1 (en) * | 2012-01-25 | 2013-07-25 | Sap Ag | Semantic Zooming in Regions of a User Interface |
US20150013476A1 (en) | 2012-02-13 | 2015-01-15 | Thermo Fisher Scientific Oy | Electronic Pipette |
CN103246465B (en) * | 2012-02-13 | 2018-02-27 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Display methods and communication equipment |
US9128605B2 (en) | 2012-02-16 | 2015-09-08 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Thumbnail-image selection of applications |
EP2631760A1 (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2013-08-28 | Research In Motion Limited | Method and apparatus for providing a user interface on a device enabling selection of operations to be performed in relation to content |
EP2631747B1 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2016-03-30 | BlackBerry Limited | Method and apparatus for providing a user interface on a device that indicates content operators |
TWI456486B (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2014-10-11 | Acer Inc | Electronic apparatus and method for controlling the same |
EP3644155A1 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2020-04-29 | Google LLC. | Processing and reporting usage information for an hvac system controlled by a network-connected thermostat |
US8881269B2 (en) | 2012-03-31 | 2014-11-04 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for integrating recognition of handwriting gestures with a screen reader |
US10739971B2 (en) | 2012-05-09 | 2020-08-11 | Apple Inc. | Accessing and displaying information corresponding to past times and future times |
EP2847649A4 (en) * | 2012-05-10 | 2015-12-16 | Intel Corp | Gesture responsive image capture control and/or operation on image |
US9055404B2 (en) | 2012-05-21 | 2015-06-09 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Apparatus and method for detecting proximate devices |
US10489723B2 (en) * | 2012-05-21 | 2019-11-26 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Apparatus and method for providing for communications using distribution lists |
US20130318437A1 (en) * | 2012-05-22 | 2013-11-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for providing ui and portable apparatus applying the same |
US9201562B2 (en) * | 2012-05-31 | 2015-12-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Value specification in a responsive interface control |
CN104335156A (en) * | 2012-06-05 | 2015-02-04 | 索尼公司 | Information processing device, information processing method and recording medium upon which computer program has been recorded |
US9164972B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2015-10-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Managing objects in panorama display to navigate spreadsheet |
US9805118B2 (en) * | 2012-06-29 | 2017-10-31 | Change Healthcare Llc | Transcription method, apparatus and computer program product |
KR102101818B1 (en) * | 2012-07-30 | 2020-04-17 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Device and method for controlling data transfer in terminal |
US20140040776A1 (en) * | 2012-08-02 | 2014-02-06 | Jonathan P. Dann | Systems and methods for bi-directional display of content of a social networking system |
JP5786828B2 (en) * | 2012-08-29 | 2015-09-30 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Display device, display device control method, and display device control program |
KR101371958B1 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2014-03-07 | 주식회사 팬택 | Apparatus for displaying callback information and method for operating of thereof |
JP6027373B2 (en) * | 2012-09-11 | 2016-11-16 | 任天堂株式会社 | Information processing program, display control apparatus, display control system, and display method |
JP6004855B2 (en) | 2012-09-14 | 2016-10-12 | キヤノン株式会社 | Display control apparatus and control method thereof |
US20140101553A1 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2014-04-10 | Jens Nagel | Media insertion interface |
USD708635S1 (en) * | 2012-10-22 | 2014-07-08 | Apple Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with icon |
US9229632B2 (en) | 2012-10-29 | 2016-01-05 | Facebook, Inc. | Animation sequence associated with image |
US9286285B1 (en) | 2012-10-30 | 2016-03-15 | Google Inc. | Formula editor |
US9513770B1 (en) * | 2012-11-02 | 2016-12-06 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Item selection |
US9507483B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2016-11-29 | Facebook, Inc. | Photographs with location or time information |
US9235321B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2016-01-12 | Facebook, Inc. | Animation sequence associated with content item |
US9081410B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2015-07-14 | Facebook, Inc. | Loading content on electronic device |
US9607289B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2017-03-28 | Facebook, Inc. | Content type filter |
US9218188B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2015-12-22 | Facebook, Inc. | Animation sequence associated with feedback user-interface element |
US9606717B2 (en) * | 2012-11-14 | 2017-03-28 | Facebook, Inc. | Content composer |
US9547627B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2017-01-17 | Facebook, Inc. | Comment presentation |
US9245312B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2016-01-26 | Facebook, Inc. | Image panning and zooming effect |
US9696898B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2017-07-04 | Facebook, Inc. | Scrolling through a series of content items |
US9547416B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2017-01-17 | Facebook, Inc. | Image presentation |
US9507757B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2016-11-29 | Facebook, Inc. | Generating multiple versions of a content item for multiple platforms |
US9606695B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2017-03-28 | Facebook, Inc. | Event notification |
US9684935B2 (en) | 2012-11-14 | 2017-06-20 | Facebook, Inc. | Content composer for third-party applications |
US9755995B2 (en) * | 2012-11-20 | 2017-09-05 | Dropbox, Inc. | System and method for applying gesture input to digital content |
US9729695B2 (en) | 2012-11-20 | 2017-08-08 | Dropbox Inc. | Messaging client application interface |
US10372808B1 (en) | 2012-12-12 | 2019-08-06 | Google Llc | Passing functional spreadsheet data by reference |
JP2014139776A (en) * | 2012-12-19 | 2014-07-31 | Canon Inc | Display controller, display control method, and program |
CN103914219B (en) * | 2013-01-04 | 2017-07-11 | 深圳市金蝶天燕中间件股份有限公司 | page control method and system |
KR20140091302A (en) * | 2013-01-11 | 2014-07-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for displaying scrolling information in electronic device |
KR102036057B1 (en) * | 2013-01-17 | 2019-10-24 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for establishing snooze interval in portable terminal |
CN104007865B (en) * | 2013-02-27 | 2017-04-19 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Recognition method and electronic device |
US11096668B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2021-08-24 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and ultrasound apparatus for displaying an object |
WO2014142468A1 (en) * | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of providing copy image and ultrasound apparatus therefor |
US9450952B2 (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2016-09-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Live tiles without application-code execution |
US9063576B1 (en) * | 2013-04-04 | 2015-06-23 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Managing gesture input information |
JP6031635B2 (en) * | 2013-06-09 | 2016-11-24 | アップル インコーポレイテッド | Apparatus, method and graphical user interface for moving user interface objects |
USD741875S1 (en) * | 2013-06-10 | 2015-10-27 | Apple Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
CN104284009B (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2017-12-08 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | Missed call icon method for cleaning and device |
KR20150007889A (en) * | 2013-07-12 | 2015-01-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for operating application and electronic device thereof |
US9516263B2 (en) * | 2013-08-02 | 2016-12-06 | Apple Inc. | Automatic configuration of the logical orientation of multiple monitors based on captured images |
US9311289B1 (en) | 2013-08-16 | 2016-04-12 | Google Inc. | Spreadsheet document tab conditional formatting |
US11068128B2 (en) | 2013-09-03 | 2021-07-20 | Apple Inc. | User interface object manipulations in a user interface |
US10545657B2 (en) | 2013-09-03 | 2020-01-28 | Apple Inc. | User interface for manipulating user interface objects |
EP3822759A1 (en) | 2013-09-03 | 2021-05-19 | Apple Inc. | User interface for manipulating user interface objects |
USD741362S1 (en) * | 2013-09-10 | 2015-10-20 | Apple Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
US20150082238A1 (en) * | 2013-09-18 | 2015-03-19 | Jianzhong Meng | System and method to display and interact with a curve items list |
USD766253S1 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2016-09-13 | Google Inc. | Display panel or portion thereof with a graphical user interface component |
KR102152709B1 (en) * | 2013-10-11 | 2020-09-07 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and controlling method thereof |
US10055103B1 (en) * | 2013-10-21 | 2018-08-21 | Google Llc | Text entry based on persisting actions |
KR20150046997A (en) * | 2013-10-23 | 2015-05-04 | 현대자동차주식회사 | Apparatus and Method for Recognize of Touch of User Terminal |
KR101544009B1 (en) * | 2013-10-25 | 2015-08-12 | (주)투비소프트 | Grid display control device of mobile and method for control display of grid using the same |
US8869062B1 (en) | 2013-11-27 | 2014-10-21 | Freedom Scientific, Inc. | Gesture-based screen-magnified touchscreen navigation |
USD760754S1 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2016-07-05 | Apple Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
US10243808B2 (en) | 2014-02-24 | 2019-03-26 | Red Hat Israel, Ltd. | User interface for modifying rows associated with virtual machines |
USD765092S1 (en) | 2014-03-03 | 2016-08-30 | Apple Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
KR20150109693A (en) * | 2014-03-20 | 2015-10-02 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | The Apparatus and Method for Digital Device comprising Side touch region |
JP2015194848A (en) * | 2014-03-31 | 2015-11-05 | ブラザー工業株式会社 | Display program and display device |
KR102298602B1 (en) | 2014-04-04 | 2021-09-03 | 마이크로소프트 테크놀로지 라이센싱, 엘엘씨 | Expandable application representation |
KR102107275B1 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2020-05-06 | 마이크로소프트 테크놀로지 라이센싱, 엘엘씨 | Collapsible shell cover for computing device |
CN105359055A (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2016-02-24 | 微软技术许可有限责任公司 | Slider cover for computing device |
US9881089B2 (en) * | 2014-04-28 | 2018-01-30 | Verizon New Jersey Inc. | Pop-up search box |
US9959265B1 (en) | 2014-05-08 | 2018-05-01 | Google Llc | Populating values in a spreadsheet using semantic cues |
KR102255087B1 (en) * | 2014-05-19 | 2021-05-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Electronic device and method for displaying object |
RU2608880C2 (en) * | 2014-05-22 | 2017-01-25 | Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Яндекс" | Electronic device and method of electronic message processing |
US20150350146A1 (en) | 2014-05-29 | 2015-12-03 | Apple Inc. | Coordination of message alert presentations across devices based on device modes |
US10204096B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2019-02-12 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for a predictive keyboard |
US9898162B2 (en) | 2014-05-30 | 2018-02-20 | Apple Inc. | Swiping functions for messaging applications |
US9971500B2 (en) | 2014-06-01 | 2018-05-15 | Apple Inc. | Displaying options, assigning notification, ignoring messages, and simultaneous user interface displays in a messaging application |
USD754712S1 (en) * | 2014-06-04 | 2016-04-26 | Salesforce.Com, Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface |
USD754184S1 (en) * | 2014-06-23 | 2016-04-19 | Google Inc. | Portion of a display panel with an animated computer icon |
CN106462340B (en) | 2014-06-27 | 2019-09-13 | 苹果公司 | The user interface that size reduces |
CN104123076B (en) * | 2014-07-17 | 2017-12-12 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | The display device and method of a kind of word |
US10678412B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2020-06-09 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Dynamic joint dividers for application windows |
US10592080B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2020-03-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Assisted presentation of application windows |
US10254942B2 (en) | 2014-07-31 | 2019-04-09 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Adaptive sizing and positioning of application windows |
US9787812B2 (en) | 2014-08-28 | 2017-10-10 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Privacy management |
US10552009B2 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2020-02-04 | Apple Inc. | Stopwatch and timer user interfaces |
WO2016036545A1 (en) * | 2014-09-02 | 2016-03-10 | Apple Inc. | Reduced-size notification interface |
KR102016160B1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2019-08-29 | 애플 인크. | Reduced-size interfaces for managing alerts |
CN110072131A (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2019-07-30 | 苹果公司 | Music user interface |
US10073590B2 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2018-09-11 | Apple Inc. | Reduced size user interface |
WO2016036416A1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2016-03-10 | Apple Inc. | Button functionality |
WO2016036509A1 (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2016-03-10 | Apple Inc. | Electronic mail user interface |
US10671275B2 (en) * | 2014-09-04 | 2020-06-02 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for improving single-handed operation of devices |
US10642365B2 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2020-05-05 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Parametric inertia and APIs |
KR102226817B1 (en) * | 2014-10-01 | 2021-03-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for reproducing contents and an electronic device thereof |
CN106662891B (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2019-10-11 | 微软技术许可有限责任公司 | Multi-configuration input equipment |
US10365807B2 (en) * | 2015-03-02 | 2019-07-30 | Apple Inc. | Control of system zoom magnification using a rotatable input mechanism |
KR102423184B1 (en) * | 2015-05-29 | 2022-07-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for Outputting Screen and Electronic Device supporting the same |
US10275436B2 (en) * | 2015-06-01 | 2019-04-30 | Apple Inc. | Zoom enhancements to facilitate the use of touch screen devices |
JP6518141B2 (en) * | 2015-06-16 | 2019-05-22 | 株式会社ディスコ | Touch panel device |
US11962561B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2024-04-16 | Deborah A. Lambert As Trustee Of The Deborah A. Lambert Irrevocable Trust For Mark Lambert | Immersive message management |
US10623361B2 (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2020-04-14 | Deborah A. Lambert | Method, system and apparatus for organizing and interacting with email on mobile devices |
US20170090718A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Linking selected messages in electronic message threads |
US9702582B2 (en) | 2015-10-12 | 2017-07-11 | Ikorongo Technology, LLC | Connected thermostat for controlling a climate system based on a desired usage profile in comparison to other connected thermostats controlling other climate systems |
CN105573598B (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2018-12-11 | 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 | A kind of playlist method of adjustment and mobile terminal |
US10423699B1 (en) * | 2015-12-21 | 2019-09-24 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Displaying the position of a message within a conversation |
CN105786358A (en) * | 2016-02-26 | 2016-07-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Terminal display interface dragging method and device |
US9959037B2 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2018-05-01 | Apple Inc. | Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for messaging |
BR112018073693A2 (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2019-02-26 | Apple Inc | devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for messaging |
US10739972B2 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2020-08-11 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing electronic communications |
US10368208B2 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2019-07-30 | Apple Inc. | Layers in messaging applications |
DK201670609A1 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2018-01-02 | Apple Inc | User interfaces for retrieving contextually relevant media content |
US20170357672A1 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2017-12-14 | Apple Inc. | Relating digital assets using notable moments |
DK201670580A1 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2018-01-02 | Apple Inc | Wrist-based tactile time feedback for non-sighted users |
AU2017100670C4 (en) | 2016-06-12 | 2019-11-21 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for retrieving contextually relevant media content |
USD910648S1 (en) * | 2016-06-13 | 2021-02-16 | Apple Inc. | Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface |
US10303352B2 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2019-05-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Navigating long distances on navigable surfaces |
US9967390B2 (en) * | 2016-08-30 | 2018-05-08 | Google Llc | Device-orientation controlled settings |
CA174365S (en) * | 2016-10-27 | 2017-11-28 | Apple Inc | Display screen with graphical user interface |
US10283082B1 (en) | 2016-10-29 | 2019-05-07 | Dvir Gassner | Differential opacity position indicator |
CN106775399B (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2018-01-12 | 掌阅科技股份有限公司 | electronic book data processing method, device and mobile terminal |
US10997356B1 (en) | 2017-05-16 | 2021-05-04 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Computing device user interface having auto-grouping of data columns |
CN107295170A (en) * | 2017-06-20 | 2017-10-24 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | The display methods and electronic equipment of a kind of touch-control bar |
US10365719B2 (en) * | 2017-07-26 | 2019-07-30 | Google Llc | Haptic feedback of user interface scrolling with synchronized visual animation components |
CN108563619A (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2018-09-21 | 努比亚技术有限公司 | A kind of inventory formula note record information approach, device and readable storage medium storing program for executing |
US11243996B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2022-02-08 | Apple Inc. | Digital asset search user interface |
DK180171B1 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2020-07-14 | Apple Inc | USER INTERFACES FOR SHARING CONTEXTUALLY RELEVANT MEDIA CONTENT |
US11086935B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2021-08-10 | Apple Inc. | Smart updates from historical database changes |
US10846343B2 (en) | 2018-09-11 | 2020-11-24 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for disambiguating clustered location identifiers |
US10803135B2 (en) | 2018-09-11 | 2020-10-13 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for disambiguating clustered occurrence identifiers |
US11435830B2 (en) | 2018-09-11 | 2022-09-06 | Apple Inc. | Content-based tactile outputs |
DK179888B1 (en) | 2018-09-11 | 2019-08-27 | Apple Inc. | CONTENT-BASED TACTICAL OUTPUTS |
CN109375973B (en) * | 2018-09-20 | 2022-09-02 | 北京城市网邻信息技术有限公司 | Page display method and device, computer equipment and computer readable storage medium |
US10936178B2 (en) | 2019-01-07 | 2021-03-02 | MemoryWeb, LLC | Systems and methods for analyzing and organizing digital photos and videos |
DK201970535A1 (en) | 2019-05-06 | 2020-12-21 | Apple Inc | Media browsing user interface with intelligently selected representative media items |
US11481094B2 (en) | 2019-06-01 | 2022-10-25 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for location-related communications |
US11477609B2 (en) | 2019-06-01 | 2022-10-18 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for location-related communications |
US11152100B2 (en) | 2019-06-01 | 2021-10-19 | Apple Inc. | Health application user interfaces |
US10996761B2 (en) | 2019-06-01 | 2021-05-04 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for non-visual output of time |
US11379113B2 (en) | 2019-06-01 | 2022-07-05 | Apple Inc. | Techniques for selecting text |
JP7289371B2 (en) * | 2019-12-26 | 2023-06-09 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Information communication equipment and control program for information communication equipment |
US11416136B2 (en) | 2020-09-14 | 2022-08-16 | Apple Inc. | User interfaces for assigning and responding to user inputs |
CN112306616B (en) * | 2020-11-23 | 2023-09-29 | 北京百家科技集团有限公司 | Loading display processing method and device, computer equipment and storage medium |
US11869650B2 (en) | 2021-01-12 | 2024-01-09 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Remote access for medical device therapy |
US11216148B1 (en) * | 2021-07-08 | 2022-01-04 | Microstrategy Incorporated | Systems and methods for responsive container visualizations |
JP7322110B2 (en) * | 2021-08-11 | 2023-08-07 | キヤノン株式会社 | SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0903662A2 (en) * | 1997-09-17 | 1999-03-24 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Invisible and one-pixel wide scroll bars |
WO1999028813A1 (en) * | 1997-12-04 | 1999-06-10 | Northern Telecom Limited | Navigation tool for graphical user interface |
US6069626A (en) * | 1997-02-27 | 2000-05-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for improved scrolling functionality in a graphical user interface utilizing a transparent scroll bar icon |
US6181316B1 (en) * | 1998-06-04 | 2001-01-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphical user interface inline scroll control |
US20020051018A1 (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2002-05-02 | Nan-Ting Yeh | Apparatus and method for browser interface operation |
US6570594B1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2003-05-27 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | User interface with non-intrusive display element |
WO2003060622A2 (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Touch-screen image scrolling system and method |
US20040021676A1 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2004-02-05 | Tatung Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus of view window scrolling |
Family Cites Families (367)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS62251922A (en) | 1986-04-25 | 1987-11-02 | Yokogawa Medical Syst Ltd | Set value operating device |
US4862498A (en) | 1986-11-28 | 1989-08-29 | At&T Information Systems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for automatically selecting system commands for display |
US4868785A (en) * | 1987-01-27 | 1989-09-19 | Tektronix, Inc. | Block diagram editor system and method for controlling electronic instruments |
US5155836A (en) * | 1987-01-27 | 1992-10-13 | Jordan Dale A | Block diagram system and method for controlling electronic instruments with simulated graphic display |
CA1280215C (en) | 1987-09-28 | 1991-02-12 | Eddy Lee | Multilingual ordered data retrieval system |
US5023851A (en) * | 1988-04-06 | 1991-06-11 | Ibm Corp. | Method for presenting electronic calendar information in an interactive information handling system |
US4914624A (en) * | 1988-05-06 | 1990-04-03 | Dunthorn David I | Virtual button for touch screen |
US5333247A (en) | 1988-06-10 | 1994-07-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Scrolling tool for text and graphics in a display system |
JPH02165274A (en) | 1988-12-20 | 1990-06-26 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Dictionary display device |
US5204969A (en) * | 1988-12-30 | 1993-04-20 | Macromedia, Inc. | Sound editing system using visually displayed control line for altering specified characteristic of adjacent segment of stored waveform |
US5252951A (en) | 1989-04-28 | 1993-10-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphical user interface with gesture recognition in a multiapplication environment |
US5339391A (en) * | 1990-05-14 | 1994-08-16 | Microelectronics And Computer Technology Corporation | Computer display unit with attribute enhanced scroll bar |
CA2040645C (en) | 1990-05-31 | 1999-03-02 | Vincent Joseph Cina Jr. | Scrollbar having system or user provided information |
JP2666538B2 (en) * | 1990-08-10 | 1997-10-22 | 富士通株式会社 | Panning control system |
US5128672A (en) | 1990-10-30 | 1992-07-07 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Dynamic predictive keyboard |
US5347295A (en) | 1990-10-31 | 1994-09-13 | Go Corporation | Control of a computer through a position-sensed stylus |
DE69222102T2 (en) * | 1991-08-02 | 1998-03-26 | Grass Valley Group | Operator interface for video editing system for the display and interactive control of video material |
US5532715A (en) * | 1991-10-16 | 1996-07-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Visually aging scroll bar |
US5371846A (en) | 1991-10-16 | 1994-12-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Non-linear scroll bar |
CA2071309C (en) | 1991-11-15 | 1998-01-20 | Daryl J. Kahl | Method and apparatus utilizing data icons |
US6061062A (en) * | 1991-12-20 | 2000-05-09 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Zooming controller |
US6208805B1 (en) * | 1992-02-07 | 2001-03-27 | Max Abecassis | Inhibiting a control function from interfering with a playing of a video |
US5442744A (en) * | 1992-04-03 | 1995-08-15 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for displaying and editing multimedia information |
US5563996A (en) | 1992-04-13 | 1996-10-08 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Computer note pad including gesture based note division tools and method |
US5570109A (en) | 1992-05-27 | 1996-10-29 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Schedule and to-do list for a pen-based computer system |
JPH0695794A (en) | 1992-09-16 | 1994-04-08 | Mutoh Ind Ltd | Data input device |
JPH06149531A (en) | 1992-11-11 | 1994-05-27 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Scroll controller |
US20080158261A1 (en) * | 1992-12-14 | 2008-07-03 | Eric Justin Gould | Computer user interface for audio and/or video auto-summarization |
US5623588A (en) * | 1992-12-14 | 1997-04-22 | New York University | Computer user interface with non-salience deemphasis |
WO1994017469A1 (en) | 1993-01-27 | 1994-08-04 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Graphical user interface for a help system |
US5859638A (en) | 1993-01-27 | 1999-01-12 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for displaying and scrolling data in a window-based graphic user interface |
US5825355A (en) | 1993-01-27 | 1998-10-20 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing a help based window system using multiple access methods |
US5418549A (en) * | 1993-06-14 | 1995-05-23 | Motorola, Inc. | Resolution compensating scroll bar valuator |
US5864330A (en) | 1993-06-29 | 1999-01-26 | International Business Machines Corp. | Method and apparatus for providing a two-dimensional position-sensitive scroll icon in a data processing system user interface |
JP2602001B2 (en) | 1993-11-01 | 1997-04-23 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション | Personal communicator with shrinkable keyboard |
JP3546337B2 (en) | 1993-12-21 | 2004-07-28 | ゼロックス コーポレイション | User interface device for computing system and method of using graphic keyboard |
US20050192727A1 (en) | 1994-05-09 | 2005-09-01 | Automotive Technologies International Inc. | Sensor Assemblies |
US5959628A (en) * | 1994-06-28 | 1999-09-28 | Libera, Inc. | Method for providing maximum screen real estate in computer controlled display systems |
DK0787334T3 (en) | 1994-10-14 | 1999-05-03 | United Parcel Service Inc | Multistage packet tracking system |
US5553225A (en) * | 1994-10-25 | 1996-09-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for combining a zoom function in scroll bar sliders |
JP3262465B2 (en) | 1994-11-17 | 2002-03-04 | シャープ株式会社 | Schedule management device |
US5592195A (en) * | 1994-11-21 | 1997-01-07 | International Business Machines Corporation | Information displaying device |
US5528260A (en) | 1994-12-22 | 1996-06-18 | Autodesk, Inc. | Method and apparatus for proportional auto-scrolling |
DE69629732T2 (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 2004-07-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd., Minami-Ashigara | Device for computer-aided diagnosis |
US5873108A (en) | 1995-02-27 | 1999-02-16 | Fuga Corporation | Personal information manager information entry allowing for intermingling of items belonging to different categories within a single unified view |
US5677708A (en) | 1995-05-05 | 1997-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | System for displaying a list on a display screen |
JP2986078B2 (en) | 1995-08-28 | 1999-12-06 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション | Calendar display method and display device |
US6486895B1 (en) | 1995-09-08 | 2002-11-26 | Xerox Corporation | Display system for displaying lists of linked documents |
EP0766168A3 (en) | 1995-09-28 | 1997-11-19 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Icons for dual orientation display devices |
US5655094A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 1997-08-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Pop up scroll bar |
US5825308A (en) | 1996-11-26 | 1998-10-20 | Immersion Human Interface Corporation | Force feedback interface having isotonic and isometric functionality |
US5734597A (en) | 1995-11-24 | 1998-03-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphical user interface interaction between time and date controls |
US5847706A (en) * | 1995-11-30 | 1998-12-08 | Hewlett Packard Company | Sizeable window for tabular and graphical representation of data |
FR2743892B1 (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 1998-02-13 | Sextant Avionique | AIRCRAFT HANDLING ASSISTANCE SYSTEM USING A HEADSET VIEWER |
US5880733A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1999-03-09 | Microsoft Corporation | Display system and method for displaying windows of an operating system to provide a three-dimensional workspace for a computer system |
DE19621593A1 (en) | 1996-05-29 | 1997-12-04 | Sel Alcatel Ag | Searching for elements in list e.g. for interactive television, teleshopping or telelearning |
US6006227A (en) | 1996-06-28 | 1999-12-21 | Yale University | Document stream operating system |
JP3839881B2 (en) * | 1996-07-22 | 2006-11-01 | キヤノン株式会社 | Imaging control apparatus and control method thereof |
US6057831A (en) * | 1996-08-14 | 2000-05-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | TV graphical user interface having cursor position indicator |
US6195089B1 (en) * | 1996-08-14 | 2001-02-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Television graphical user interface having variable channel changer icons |
US5745116A (en) * | 1996-09-09 | 1998-04-28 | Motorola, Inc. | Intuitive gesture-based graphical user interface |
US5805161A (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1998-09-08 | Logitech, Inc. | System and method for data processing enhanced ergonomic scrolling |
US5847709A (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1998-12-08 | Xerox Corporation | 3-D document workspace with focus, immediate and tertiary spaces |
US5870083A (en) | 1996-10-04 | 1999-02-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Breakaway touchscreen pointing device |
US6956558B1 (en) * | 1998-03-26 | 2005-10-18 | Immersion Corporation | Rotary force feedback wheels for remote control devices |
US6683628B1 (en) | 1997-01-10 | 2004-01-27 | Tokyo University Of Agriculture And Technology | Human interactive type display system |
US6073036A (en) | 1997-04-28 | 2000-06-06 | Nokia Mobile Phones Limited | Mobile station with touch input having automatic symbol magnification function |
US6069606A (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2000-05-30 | Sony Corporation | Display of multiple images based on a temporal relationship among them with various operations available to a user as a function of the image size |
FI115689B (en) | 1997-05-21 | 2005-06-15 | Nokia Corp | Procedure and arrangement for scrolling information presented on mobile display |
US6431439B1 (en) * | 1997-07-24 | 2002-08-13 | Personal Solutions Corporation | System and method for the electronic storage and transmission of financial transactions |
US5943052A (en) | 1997-08-12 | 1999-08-24 | Synaptics, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for scroll bar control |
US6018372A (en) | 1997-09-04 | 2000-01-25 | Liberate Technologies | Electronic program guide with multiple day planner |
DE19741453A1 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1999-03-25 | Packing Gmbh Agentur Fuer Desi | Digital book, esp. for reproducing textual information |
US6433801B1 (en) * | 1997-09-26 | 2002-08-13 | Ericsson Inc. | Method and apparatus for using a touch screen display on a portable intelligent communications device |
JPH11143604A (en) | 1997-11-05 | 1999-05-28 | Nec Corp | Portable terminal equipment |
US6211861B1 (en) * | 1998-06-23 | 2001-04-03 | Immersion Corporation | Tactile mouse device |
JPH11154074A (en) * | 1997-11-25 | 1999-06-08 | Sharp Corp | Scroll controller |
US6310610B1 (en) * | 1997-12-04 | 2001-10-30 | Nortel Networks Limited | Intelligent touch display |
JP2000101879A (en) | 1998-09-25 | 2000-04-07 | Canon Inc | Image pickup device |
US20060033724A1 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-16 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Virtual input device placement on a touch screen user interface |
US8479122B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2013-07-02 | Apple Inc. | Gestures for touch sensitive input devices |
JPH11272688A (en) | 1998-03-19 | 1999-10-08 | Fujitsu Ltd | Index indicator, index displaying method, and recording medium recorded with index indicator program |
US6057840A (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2000-05-02 | Sony Corporation Of Japan | Computer-implemented user interface having semi-transparent scroll bar tool for increased display screen usage |
US6278443B1 (en) | 1998-04-30 | 2001-08-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Touch screen with random finger placement and rolling on screen to control the movement of information on-screen |
US7768501B1 (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2010-08-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for touch screen keyboard and display space sharing |
JPH11338600A (en) | 1998-05-26 | 1999-12-10 | Yamatake Corp | Method and device for changing set numeral |
JP2000057146A (en) | 1998-06-03 | 2000-02-25 | Canon Inc | Character processor, character processing method, storage medium, and font |
US6919879B2 (en) | 1998-06-26 | 2005-07-19 | Research In Motion Limited | Hand-held electronic device with a keyboard optimized for use with the thumbs |
US6061063A (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2000-05-09 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for providing feedback while scrolling |
TW436715B (en) | 1998-07-24 | 2001-05-28 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Automatic telephone extension query device using input of strokes in a Chinese character and its method |
US6181339B1 (en) | 1998-07-27 | 2001-01-30 | Oak Technology, Inc. | Method and system for determing a correctly selected button via motion-detecting input devices in DVD content with overlapping buttons |
JP2000105772A (en) | 1998-07-28 | 2000-04-11 | Sharp Corp | Information managing device |
US20010015719A1 (en) | 1998-08-04 | 2001-08-23 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Remote control has animated gui |
JP2000075979A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-03-14 | Calsonic Corp | On-vehicle monitor device |
JP2000075851A (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2000-03-14 | Calsonic Corp | On-vehicle monitoring device |
US7256770B2 (en) * | 1998-09-14 | 2007-08-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Method for displaying information responsive to sensing a physical presence proximate to a computer input device |
US7358956B2 (en) * | 1998-09-14 | 2008-04-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Method for providing feedback responsive to sensing a physical presence proximate to a control of an electronic device |
US6333753B1 (en) * | 1998-09-14 | 2001-12-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Technique for implementing an on-demand display widget through controlled fading initiated by user contact with a touch sensitive input device |
US6357042B2 (en) * | 1998-09-16 | 2002-03-12 | Anand Srinivasan | Method and apparatus for multiplexing separately-authored metadata for insertion into a video data stream |
US6366301B1 (en) * | 1998-09-17 | 2002-04-02 | General Electric Company | Man-machine interface for a virtual lockout/tagout panel display |
JP2000148761A (en) | 1998-10-12 | 2000-05-30 | Hewlett Packard Co <Hp> | Index tab generating method |
US20020054126A1 (en) * | 1998-10-16 | 2002-05-09 | Owen John Gamon | Browser translation between frames and no frames |
JP2000194493A (en) | 1998-10-22 | 2000-07-14 | Fujitsu Takamisawa Component Ltd | Pointing device |
US6606082B1 (en) * | 1998-11-12 | 2003-08-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Navigation graphical interface for small screen devices |
JP4542637B2 (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2010-09-15 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Portable information device and information storage medium |
US6489975B1 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2002-12-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method for improved navigation between open windows in an application program using window tabs |
WO2000036496A1 (en) | 1998-12-16 | 2000-06-22 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and arrangement for selecting a data set from a plurality of data sets |
US6366302B1 (en) * | 1998-12-22 | 2002-04-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Enhanced graphic user interface for mobile radiotelephones |
US7469381B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2008-12-23 | Apple Inc. | List scrolling and document translation, scaling, and rotation on a touch-screen display |
US6469695B1 (en) | 1999-01-28 | 2002-10-22 | Ncr Corporation | Method and apparatus for touch screen touch ahead capability |
US6388877B1 (en) | 1999-02-04 | 2002-05-14 | Palm, Inc. | Handheld computer with open accessory slot |
US6147683A (en) * | 1999-02-26 | 2000-11-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphical selection marker and method for lists that are larger than a display window |
US6343237B1 (en) * | 1999-06-04 | 2002-01-29 | Clark Equipment Company | User interface functionality for power machine control system |
US6430574B1 (en) | 1999-07-22 | 2002-08-06 | At&T Corp. | Method and apparatus for displaying and header scrolling a hierarchical data structure |
US6489978B1 (en) * | 1999-08-06 | 2002-12-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Extending the opening time of state menu items for conformations of multiple changes |
US6757002B1 (en) * | 1999-11-04 | 2004-06-29 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Track pad pointing device with areas of specialized function |
US6580442B1 (en) * | 1999-12-01 | 2003-06-17 | Ericsson Inc. | Touch-based information processing device and method |
US6803930B1 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2004-10-12 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | Facilitating content viewing during navigation |
JP2001184153A (en) | 1999-12-27 | 2001-07-06 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | Information processor and recording medium having information display program recorded thereon |
US6573844B1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2003-06-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Predictive keyboard |
US7138983B2 (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2006-11-21 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Method and apparatus for detecting and interpreting path of designated position |
US6479949B1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2002-11-12 | General Electric Company | Power regulation circuit for high frequency electronic ballast for ceramic metal halide lamp |
US6313855B1 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2001-11-06 | Browse3D Corporation | System and method for web browsing |
GB2359177A (en) | 2000-02-08 | 2001-08-15 | Nokia Corp | Orientation sensitive display and selection mechanism |
US6476831B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2002-11-05 | International Business Machine Corporation | Visual scrolling feedback and method of achieving the same |
US6597345B2 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2003-07-22 | Jetway Technologies Ltd. | Multifunctional keypad on touch screen |
JP2001265481A (en) | 2000-03-21 | 2001-09-28 | Nec Corp | Method and device for displaying page information and storage medium with program for displaying page information stored |
JP4325075B2 (en) | 2000-04-21 | 2009-09-02 | ソニー株式会社 | Data object management device |
US6559869B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2003-05-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Adaptive auto-scrolling merge for hand written input |
WO2001090879A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2001-11-29 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for displaying information |
GB0017793D0 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2000-09-06 | Secr Defence | Human computer interface |
US6714221B1 (en) * | 2000-08-03 | 2004-03-30 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Depicting and setting scroll amount |
US20020015064A1 (en) | 2000-08-07 | 2002-02-07 | Robotham John S. | Gesture-based user interface to multi-level and multi-modal sets of bit-maps |
WO2002011792A1 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2002-02-14 | Novo Nordisk A/S | A support for a cartridge for transferring an electronically readable information to an electronic circuit, and use of a composite material in a support |
JP3943876B2 (en) | 2000-08-11 | 2007-07-11 | アルプス電気株式会社 | INPUT DEVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE HAVING THE SAME |
US6707449B2 (en) | 2000-08-30 | 2004-03-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Manual controlled scrolling |
JP2004508757A (en) * | 2000-09-08 | 2004-03-18 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | A playback device that provides a color slider bar |
US6825860B1 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2004-11-30 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Autoscaling/autosizing user interface window |
JP2002123355A (en) | 2000-10-17 | 2002-04-26 | Yokogawa Electric Corp | Internet terminal device |
US6897853B2 (en) | 2000-11-10 | 2005-05-24 | Microsoft Corp. | Highlevel active pen matrix |
US20020084981A1 (en) * | 2000-11-14 | 2002-07-04 | Flack James F. | Cursor navigation system and method for a display |
US6816174B2 (en) * | 2000-12-18 | 2004-11-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for variable density scroll area |
JP2002189388A (en) * | 2000-12-20 | 2002-07-05 | Canon Inc | Image forming device, method for controlling the same and storage medium |
US7039877B2 (en) | 2001-01-04 | 2006-05-02 | Intel Corporation | Conserving space on browser user interfaces |
US7030861B1 (en) * | 2001-02-10 | 2006-04-18 | Wayne Carl Westerman | System and method for packing multi-touch gestures onto a hand |
US7103851B1 (en) * | 2001-02-15 | 2006-09-05 | Denny Jaeger | Scroll bar for computer display |
US20070083823A1 (en) * | 2001-02-15 | 2007-04-12 | Denny Jaeger | Scroll bar for computer display |
FI20010616A (en) | 2001-03-26 | 2002-09-27 | Nokia Corp | Method and arrangement for retrieving an entry from an indexed memory |
US6907581B2 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2005-06-14 | Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. | Method and system for implicitly resolving pointing ambiguities in human-computer interaction (HCI) |
US7446783B2 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2008-11-04 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | System and method for manipulating an image on a screen |
US7168046B2 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2007-01-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for assisting data input to a portable information terminal |
EP1449190B1 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2013-07-10 | Bitstream, Inc. | Methods, systems, and programming for producing and displaying subpixel-optimized images and digital content including such images |
US20020186252A1 (en) | 2001-06-07 | 2002-12-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, apparatus and computer program product for providing context to a computer display window |
US7183944B2 (en) | 2001-06-12 | 2007-02-27 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Vehicle tracking and identification of emergency/law enforcement vehicles |
JP2003005912A (en) * | 2001-06-20 | 2003-01-10 | Hitachi Ltd | Display device with touch panel and display method |
US6976228B2 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2005-12-13 | Nokia Corporation | Graphical user interface comprising intersecting scroll bar for selection of content |
US20050134578A1 (en) * | 2001-07-13 | 2005-06-23 | Universal Electronics Inc. | System and methods for interacting with a control environment |
US20030058281A1 (en) * | 2001-07-17 | 2003-03-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method, apparatus and computer program product for implementing transparent scrollbars |
US7159176B2 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2007-01-02 | Digeo, Inc. | System and method for focused navigation within a user interface |
US6690365B2 (en) | 2001-08-29 | 2004-02-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Automatic scrolling |
JP2003076846A (en) | 2001-08-30 | 2003-03-14 | Toshiba Corp | Family budget management support method, family budget data input program, its recording medium, family budget management support program, its recording medium and family budget management server |
JP2003174495A (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2003-06-20 | Nec Corp | Folding portable information terminal |
US7046230B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2006-05-16 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Touch pad handheld device |
DE10153614A1 (en) * | 2001-10-31 | 2003-05-22 | Fujitsu Siemens Computers Gmbh | Electronic device |
US8095879B2 (en) * | 2002-12-10 | 2012-01-10 | Neonode Inc. | User interface for mobile handheld computer unit |
JP3731525B2 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2006-01-05 | ソニー株式会社 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, information processing system, and program |
US6966037B2 (en) | 2001-11-19 | 2005-11-15 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for scrollable cross-point navigation in a calendar user interface |
JP2003173226A (en) | 2001-11-27 | 2003-06-20 | Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> | Information processor, program and coordinate input method |
US20030110511A1 (en) * | 2001-12-11 | 2003-06-12 | Schutte Mark E. | Controlling personal video recording functions from interactive television |
JP3945687B2 (en) | 2001-12-26 | 2007-07-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Video display device |
US8004496B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2011-08-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | User interface for electronic devices for controlling the displaying of long sorted lists |
US20030131317A1 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2003-07-10 | Budka Phyllis R. | Method and system for organizing non-document specifications |
EP1329799A3 (en) | 2002-01-11 | 2007-06-06 | Sap Ag | Operating a browser to display first and second virtual keyboard areas that the user changes directly or indirectly |
JP3951727B2 (en) | 2002-02-06 | 2007-08-01 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Information processing device |
US7081904B2 (en) * | 2002-02-26 | 2006-07-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Methods and apparatuses for identifying remote and local services |
US20030226152A1 (en) | 2002-03-04 | 2003-12-04 | Digeo, Inc. | Navigation in an interactive television ticker |
JP2003263256A (en) | 2002-03-11 | 2003-09-19 | Omron Corp | Window display method |
US7444599B1 (en) * | 2002-03-14 | 2008-10-28 | Apple Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling a display of a data processing system |
US7466307B2 (en) * | 2002-04-11 | 2008-12-16 | Synaptics Incorporated | Closed-loop sensor on a solid-state object position detector |
US20030193525A1 (en) * | 2002-04-11 | 2003-10-16 | Nygaard Richard A. | Expedited selection of items from a list within a drop down menu of an eye diagram analyzer |
US6914776B2 (en) | 2002-04-23 | 2005-07-05 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Personal digital assistant with keyboard |
JP3793740B2 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2006-07-05 | 株式会社モバイルコンピューティングテクノロジーズ | Portable information terminal device, display control information, and display control method |
TWI238348B (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2005-08-21 | Kyocera Corp | Portable information terminal, display control device, display control method, and recording media |
JP4090785B2 (en) | 2002-05-14 | 2008-05-28 | シャープ株式会社 | Display control method, display control program, and recording medium |
US20040008222A1 (en) | 2002-07-09 | 2004-01-15 | Silverlynk, Corporation | User intuitive easy access computer system |
JP2004086735A (en) * | 2002-08-28 | 2004-03-18 | Toshiba Corp | Electronic device and operating mode switching method |
US8015259B2 (en) | 2002-09-10 | 2011-09-06 | Alan Earl Swahn | Multi-window internet search with webpage preload |
JP2004118434A (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2004-04-15 | Seiko Epson Corp | Menu operating device |
JP2004139321A (en) | 2002-10-17 | 2004-05-13 | Fujitsu Ten Ltd | Scroll bar operation device |
US7100119B2 (en) * | 2002-11-01 | 2006-08-29 | Microsoft Corporation | Page bar control |
CN101673181A (en) | 2002-11-29 | 2010-03-17 | 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 | User interface with displaced representation of touch area |
US20040119754A1 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-06-24 | Srinivas Bangalore | Context-sensitive interface widgets for multi-modal dialog systems |
JP4143913B2 (en) | 2003-01-10 | 2008-09-03 | 俊彦 岡部 | WINDOW DISPLAY METHOD, WINDOW DISPLAY DEVICE, WINDOW DISPLAY PROGRAM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM CONTAINING WINDOW DISPLAY PROGRAM |
US20070128899A1 (en) * | 2003-01-12 | 2007-06-07 | Yaron Mayer | System and method for improving the efficiency, comfort, and/or reliability in Operating Systems, such as for example Windows |
US7194699B2 (en) | 2003-01-14 | 2007-03-20 | Microsoft Corporation | Animating images to reflect user selection |
US7098896B2 (en) | 2003-01-16 | 2006-08-29 | Forword Input Inc. | System and method for continuous stroke word-based text input |
US7490296B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2009-02-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Utility object for specialized data entry |
US7493573B2 (en) | 2003-02-07 | 2009-02-17 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Scrolling vertical column mechanism for cellular telephone |
US20040160419A1 (en) | 2003-02-11 | 2004-08-19 | Terradigital Systems Llc. | Method for entering alphanumeric characters into a graphical user interface |
US20040155888A1 (en) * | 2003-02-11 | 2004-08-12 | Padgitt David Gary | Method for displaying the contents of a collection of media objects |
US20040167919A1 (en) * | 2003-02-24 | 2004-08-26 | David Sterling | Methods for selectable display of parts of a document on a computer monitor |
US7054965B2 (en) | 2003-03-18 | 2006-05-30 | Oqo Incorporated | Component for use as a portable computing device and pointing device |
US7362311B2 (en) * | 2003-04-07 | 2008-04-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Single column layout for content pages |
JP2004363707A (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2004-12-24 | Sony Corp | Display method and display device |
US9165478B2 (en) * | 2003-04-18 | 2015-10-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to enable blind people to have access to information printed on a physical document |
US20040216056A1 (en) * | 2003-04-22 | 2004-10-28 | Computer Associates Think, Inc. | System and method for supporting scrolling of contents in a display |
US20040223004A1 (en) | 2003-05-05 | 2004-11-11 | Lincke Scott D. | System and method for implementing a landscape user experience in a hand-held computing device |
EP1628568A2 (en) | 2003-06-03 | 2006-03-01 | Bayer HealthCare, LLC | Portable medical diagnostic apparatus |
JP2004363892A (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2004-12-24 | Canon Inc | Portable apparatus |
WO2005001658A2 (en) | 2003-06-27 | 2005-01-06 | Softscope Llc | Virtual desktop - meta-organization & control system |
EP1639441A1 (en) * | 2003-07-01 | 2006-03-29 | Nokia Corporation | Method and device for operating a user-input area on an electronic display device |
US8373660B2 (en) * | 2003-07-14 | 2013-02-12 | Matt Pallakoff | System and method for a portable multimedia client |
JP2005043676A (en) | 2003-07-22 | 2005-02-17 | Sony Corp | Information terminal device |
JP2005044036A (en) | 2003-07-24 | 2005-02-17 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Scroll control method and program making computer execute the method |
US7055110B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2006-05-30 | Sig G Kupka | Common on-screen zone for menu activation and stroke input |
US20060174214A1 (en) * | 2003-08-13 | 2006-08-03 | Mckee Timothy P | System and method for navigation of content in multiple display regions |
WO2005018129A2 (en) | 2003-08-15 | 2005-02-24 | Semtech Corporation | Improved gesture recognition for pointing devices |
US20050052427A1 (en) | 2003-09-10 | 2005-03-10 | Wu Michael Chi Hung | Hand gesture interaction with touch surface |
US7411575B2 (en) * | 2003-09-16 | 2008-08-12 | Smart Technologies Ulc | Gesture recognition method and touch system incorporating the same |
US20050071761A1 (en) | 2003-09-25 | 2005-03-31 | Nokia Corporation | User interface on a portable electronic device |
GB0323767D0 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2003-11-12 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Electroluminescent display devices |
US7231231B2 (en) | 2003-10-14 | 2007-06-12 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for locking a mobile telephone touch screen |
JP2005130133A (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2005-05-19 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Mobile phone |
US6990637B2 (en) | 2003-10-23 | 2006-01-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Graphical user interface for 3-dimensional view of a data collection based on an attribute of the data |
KR100537280B1 (en) | 2003-10-29 | 2005-12-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for inputting character using touch screen in portable terminal |
JP2005150936A (en) | 2003-11-12 | 2005-06-09 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Communications apparatus |
KR20050052720A (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2005-06-07 | 주식회사 월드모닝 | Management method of domain name using setting by user |
JP2005174212A (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-30 | Sony Corp | Information processor, information processing method and computer program |
JP2005185361A (en) | 2003-12-24 | 2005-07-14 | Aruze Corp | Game machine |
KR100959796B1 (en) | 2004-01-31 | 2010-05-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for displaying partial window screen |
US7437005B2 (en) | 2004-02-17 | 2008-10-14 | Microsoft Corporation | Rapid visual sorting of digital files and data |
JP4509612B2 (en) | 2004-03-18 | 2010-07-21 | パナソニック株式会社 | Electronic device and icon display control method |
US7328411B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2008-02-05 | Lexmark International, Inc. | Scrollbar enhancement for browsing data |
US7948448B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2011-05-24 | Polyvision Corporation | Portable presentation system and methods for use therewith |
US20060001647A1 (en) * | 2004-04-21 | 2006-01-05 | David Carroll | Hand-held display device and method of controlling displayed content |
US7330178B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2008-02-12 | Motorola, Inc. | Display-input apparatus for a multi-configuration portable device |
JP2005328242A (en) | 2004-05-13 | 2005-11-24 | Sony Corp | Imaging unit, screen display method, and user interface |
US8621385B2 (en) * | 2004-05-21 | 2013-12-31 | Sap Ag | System and method for controlling a display of data |
US20050278656A1 (en) * | 2004-06-10 | 2005-12-15 | Microsoft Corporation | User control for dynamically adjusting the scope of a data set |
JP5132028B2 (en) | 2004-06-11 | 2013-01-30 | 三菱電機株式会社 | User interface device |
US7515135B2 (en) | 2004-06-15 | 2009-04-07 | Research In Motion Limited | Virtual keypad for touchscreen display |
US7743348B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2010-06-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Using physical objects to adjust attributes of an interactive display application |
TWI248576B (en) * | 2004-07-05 | 2006-02-01 | Elan Microelectronics Corp | Method for controlling rolling of scroll bar on a touch panel |
US20060007174A1 (en) * | 2004-07-06 | 2006-01-12 | Chung-Yi Shen | Touch control method for a drag gesture and control module thereof |
US20060007176A1 (en) | 2004-07-06 | 2006-01-12 | Chung-Yi Shen | Input method and control module defined with an initial position and moving directions and electronic product thereof |
US20060015820A1 (en) * | 2004-07-19 | 2006-01-19 | Eric Wood | Fixed window selection |
JP4669244B2 (en) | 2004-07-29 | 2011-04-13 | 富士通株式会社 | Cache memory device and memory control method |
EP3121697A1 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2017-01-25 | Apple Inc. | Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices |
US8381135B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2013-02-19 | Apple Inc. | Proximity detector in handheld device |
WO2006020304A2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2006-02-23 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Mode-based graphical user interfaces for touch sensitive input devices |
US7728821B2 (en) * | 2004-08-06 | 2010-06-01 | Touchtable, Inc. | Touch detecting interactive display |
US7724242B2 (en) | 2004-08-06 | 2010-05-25 | Touchtable, Inc. | Touch driven method and apparatus to integrate and display multiple image layers forming alternate depictions of same subject matter |
GB0417953D0 (en) | 2004-08-12 | 2004-09-15 | Ibm | A method and apparatus for searching data |
US7295904B2 (en) | 2004-08-31 | 2007-11-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Touch gesture based interface for motor vehicle |
US7873622B1 (en) | 2004-09-02 | 2011-01-18 | A9.Com, Inc. | Multi-column search results interface |
JP4403931B2 (en) | 2004-09-09 | 2010-01-27 | 株式会社カシオ日立モバイルコミュニケーションズ | Electronic device, display method and display program |
US7761814B2 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2010-07-20 | Microsoft Corporation | Flick gesture |
JP2006085210A (en) * | 2004-09-14 | 2006-03-30 | Sharp Corp | Content display control device, content display device, method, program and storage medium |
WO2006030055A1 (en) * | 2004-09-15 | 2006-03-23 | Nokia Corporation | Handling and scrolling of content on screen |
US8456488B2 (en) * | 2004-10-06 | 2013-06-04 | Apple Inc. | Displaying digital images using groups, stacks, and version sets |
US20060082554A1 (en) * | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-20 | Motorola, Inc. | Integrated input roller having a rotary mass actuator |
US7778671B2 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2010-08-17 | Nokia Corporation | Mobile communications terminal having an improved user interface and method therefor |
US8169410B2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2012-05-01 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Gesture inputs for a portable display device |
WO2006045530A2 (en) | 2004-10-22 | 2006-05-04 | Novo Nordisk A/S | An apparatus and a method of providing information to a user |
US8456534B2 (en) * | 2004-10-25 | 2013-06-04 | I-Interactive Llc | Multi-directional remote control system and method |
FR2877452A1 (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2006-05-05 | Thomson Licensing Sa | METHOD FOR SELECTING A BUTTON IN A GRAPHIC BAR, AND RECEIVER IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD |
US7362312B2 (en) * | 2004-11-01 | 2008-04-22 | Nokia Corporation | Mobile communication terminal and method |
US20100018928A1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2010-01-28 | Waters Investments Limited | Device for performing separations and methods of making and using same |
US7671845B2 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2010-03-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Directional input device and display orientation control |
US9071870B2 (en) * | 2004-12-08 | 2015-06-30 | Nokia Technologies Oy | System and method for viewing digital visual content on a device |
JP4411193B2 (en) | 2004-12-09 | 2010-02-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Imaging device with display and image display device |
GB0427811D0 (en) * | 2004-12-18 | 2005-01-19 | Ibm | User interface with scroll bar control |
US7489306B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2009-02-10 | Microsoft Corporation | Touch screen accuracy |
US20060132440A1 (en) * | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-22 | Max Safai | Mouse input device with secondary input device |
US20060253547A1 (en) | 2005-01-07 | 2006-11-09 | Wood Anthony J | Universal music apparatus for unifying access to multiple specialized music servers |
US8341541B2 (en) | 2005-01-18 | 2012-12-25 | Microsoft Corporation | System and method for visually browsing of open windows |
US7760189B2 (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2010-07-20 | Lenovo Singapore Pte. Ltd | Touchpad diagonal scrolling |
US20060184901A1 (en) | 2005-02-15 | 2006-08-17 | Microsoft Corporation | Computer content navigation tools |
US8819569B2 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2014-08-26 | Zumobi, Inc | Single-handed approach for navigation of application tiles using panning and zooming |
US7433324B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2008-10-07 | Microsoft Corporation | User experience for collaborative ad-hoc networks |
US7577925B2 (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2009-08-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Processing for distinguishing pen gestures and dynamic self-calibration of pen-based computing systems |
US7945938B2 (en) * | 2005-05-11 | 2011-05-17 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Network camera system and control method therefore |
US8751279B2 (en) | 2005-05-23 | 2014-06-10 | Blackberry Limited | System and method for preventing the lapse of a recurring event using electronic calendar system |
US9785329B2 (en) * | 2005-05-23 | 2017-10-10 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Pocket computer and associated methods |
US7404152B2 (en) | 2005-06-03 | 2008-07-22 | Research In Motion Limited | Displaying messages on handheld devices |
TWI341990B (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2011-05-11 | Asustek Comp Inc | Method and apparatus for searching data |
JP2007042069A (en) | 2005-06-30 | 2007-02-15 | Sony Corp | Information processor, information processing method and information processing program |
JP2007323664A (en) | 2005-07-29 | 2007-12-13 | Sony Corp | Information processor, information processing method and program |
US20070050732A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Proportional scroll bar for menu driven thermostat |
US7443316B2 (en) | 2005-09-01 | 2008-10-28 | Motorola, Inc. | Entering a character into an electronic device |
US20070067738A1 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2007-03-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Extensible, filtered lists for mobile device user interface |
JP2007094804A (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2007-04-12 | Kenwood Corp | List display device, list display method and program |
TW200717292A (en) * | 2005-10-25 | 2007-05-01 | Elan Microelectronics Corp | Window-moving method with a variable reference point |
KR100643801B1 (en) | 2005-10-26 | 2006-11-10 | 엔에이치엔(주) | System and method for providing automatically completed recommendation word by interworking a plurality of languages |
US7437678B2 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2008-10-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Maximizing window display area using window flowing |
TWI336003B (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2011-01-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Liquid crystal apparatus and repair lines structure thereof |
US9201507B2 (en) | 2005-11-15 | 2015-12-01 | Carefusion 303, Inc. | System and method for rapid input of data |
US20070129112A1 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2007-06-07 | Liang-Chern Tarn | Methods of Implementing an Operation Interface for Instant Messages on a Portable Communication Device |
US7958456B2 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2011-06-07 | Apple Inc. | Scrolling list with floating adjacent index symbols |
US20070132789A1 (en) | 2005-12-08 | 2007-06-14 | Bas Ording | List scrolling in response to moving contact over list of index symbols |
KR20070062094A (en) * | 2005-12-12 | 2007-06-15 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for providing user interface |
TW200723081A (en) * | 2005-12-13 | 2007-06-16 | Universal Scient Ind Co Ltd | Circular multimedia playback progress indicator and method of indicating signals thereof |
US20070143706A1 (en) | 2005-12-16 | 2007-06-21 | Sap Ag | Variable-speed scrollbar |
US7786975B2 (en) | 2005-12-23 | 2010-08-31 | Apple Inc. | Continuous scrolling list with acceleration |
US7596761B2 (en) | 2006-01-05 | 2009-09-29 | Apple Inc. | Application user interface with navigation bar showing current and prior application contexts |
US20070180375A1 (en) | 2006-01-31 | 2007-08-02 | Microsoft Corporation | Template format for calendars |
EP1983413A4 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2014-09-17 | Fujitsu Ltd | Information display device, information display method, and program |
US7559027B2 (en) * | 2006-02-28 | 2009-07-07 | Palm, Inc. | Master multimedia software controls |
US20070205990A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for text entry with touch sensitive keypad |
US20070205993A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Mobile device having a keypad with directional controls |
US20070205988A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Touch sensitive keypad and user interface |
US20070205992A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Touch sensitive scrolling system and method |
US20070205991A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | System and method for number dialing with touch sensitive keypad |
US20070205989A1 (en) * | 2006-03-06 | 2007-09-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Camera with a touch sensitive keypad |
US8117195B1 (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2012-02-14 | Google Inc. | Providing blog posts relevant to search results |
US20070238489A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-11 | Research In Motion Limited | Edit menu for a mobile communication device |
US7556204B2 (en) | 2006-04-19 | 2009-07-07 | Nokia Corproation | Electronic apparatus and method for symbol input |
TWI328185B (en) | 2006-04-19 | 2010-08-01 | Lg Electronics Inc | Touch screen device for potable terminal and method of displaying and selecting menus thereon |
US9063647B2 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2015-06-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Multi-touch uses, gestures, and implementation |
TW200805131A (en) * | 2006-05-24 | 2008-01-16 | Lg Electronics Inc | Touch screen device and method of selecting files thereon |
US20070294635A1 (en) * | 2006-06-15 | 2007-12-20 | Microsoft Corporation | Linked scrolling of side-by-side content |
JP4218704B2 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2009-02-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Operation screen generation device, printing device, imaging device, operation screen generation method, and program |
WO2008006068A2 (en) * | 2006-07-06 | 2008-01-10 | Slacker, Inc. | Input interface including push-sensitive mechanical switch in combination with capacitive touch sensor |
US20080022215A1 (en) * | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Robert Lee | Apparatus, system, and method for expanding and collapsing a list in a diagram environment |
US9058595B2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2015-06-16 | Apple Inc. | Methods and systems for managing an electronic calendar |
US20080046824A1 (en) | 2006-08-16 | 2008-02-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Sorting contacts for a mobile computer device |
US20080126933A1 (en) | 2006-08-28 | 2008-05-29 | Apple Computer, Inc. | Method and apparatus for multi-mode traversal of lists |
US7864163B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2011-01-04 | Apple Inc. | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents |
US8564544B2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2013-10-22 | Apple Inc. | Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons |
US20080091635A1 (en) * | 2006-10-16 | 2008-04-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | Animated picker for slider bars and two-dimensional pickers |
US7856605B2 (en) | 2006-10-26 | 2010-12-21 | Apple Inc. | Method, system, and graphical user interface for positioning an insertion marker in a touch screen display |
US7739622B2 (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2010-06-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic thumbnails for document navigation |
US7523412B2 (en) * | 2006-12-26 | 2009-04-21 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for providing a scroll-bar pop-up with quick find for rapid access of sorted list data |
US7865817B2 (en) | 2006-12-29 | 2011-01-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Invariant referencing in digital works |
US20080165151A1 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2008-07-10 | Lemay Stephen O | System and Method for Viewing and Managing Calendar Entries |
US7975242B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2011-07-05 | Apple Inc. | Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for conference calling |
US8689132B2 (en) | 2007-01-07 | 2014-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists |
US8504348B2 (en) * | 2007-01-31 | 2013-08-06 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | User simulation for viewing web analytics data |
US20080250107A1 (en) * | 2007-04-03 | 2008-10-09 | Michael Holzer | Instant message archive viewing |
US9024864B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 | 2015-05-05 | Intel Corporation | User interface with software lensing for very long lists of content |
KR20090008027A (en) | 2007-07-16 | 2009-01-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for providing stock information and broadcast receiving apparatus using the same |
CN102749997B (en) | 2007-09-18 | 2016-06-22 | 微软技术许可有限责任公司 | The method of the operation of mobile terminal and this mobile terminal of control |
CN102016837B (en) | 2007-11-26 | 2014-08-20 | 沃伦·丹尼尔·蔡尔德 | System and method for classification and retrieval of Chinese-type characters and character components |
JP5137188B2 (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2013-02-06 | アルパイン株式会社 | Information retrieval method and apparatus |
US8201109B2 (en) | 2008-03-04 | 2012-06-12 | Apple Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device |
TW200947241A (en) | 2008-05-08 | 2009-11-16 | Cross Multimedia Inc | Database indexing algorithm and method and system for database searching using the same |
US8291341B2 (en) | 2008-05-28 | 2012-10-16 | Google Inc. | Accelerated panning user interface interactions |
US8504946B2 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2013-08-06 | Apple Inc. | Portable device, method, and graphical user interface for automatically scrolling to display the top of an electronic document |
US9600175B2 (en) | 2008-07-14 | 2017-03-21 | Sony Corporation | Method and system for classification sign display |
US8341557B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2012-12-25 | Apple Inc. | Portable touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for providing workout support |
US8321401B2 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2012-11-27 | Echostar Advanced Technologies L.L.C. | User interface with available multimedia content from multiple multimedia websites |
US8584031B2 (en) | 2008-11-19 | 2013-11-12 | Apple Inc. | Portable touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for using emoji characters |
US8433998B2 (en) | 2009-01-16 | 2013-04-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Tool and method for annotating an event map, and collaborating using the annotated event map |
US10175848B2 (en) | 2009-02-09 | 2019-01-08 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Displaying a display portion including an icon enabling an item to be added to a list |
TWI488103B (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2015-06-11 | Htc Corp | Method, apparatus and computer program product for prompting and browsing related information of contacts |
US9658760B2 (en) | 2009-05-07 | 2017-05-23 | Creative Technology Ltd. | Methods for searching digital files on a user interface |
KR101620874B1 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2016-05-13 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Searching Method of a List And Portable Device using the same |
US8347232B1 (en) | 2009-07-10 | 2013-01-01 | Lexcycle, Inc | Interactive user interface |
US8504624B2 (en) | 2009-09-08 | 2013-08-06 | Ricoh Co., Ltd. | Stroke and image aggregation and analytics |
US20110107216A1 (en) | 2009-11-03 | 2011-05-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Gesture-based user interface |
US8850360B2 (en) | 2010-02-23 | 2014-09-30 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Skipping through electronic content on an electronic device |
US8914743B2 (en) | 2010-11-12 | 2014-12-16 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating a list of identifiers |
US8972895B2 (en) | 2010-12-20 | 2015-03-03 | Target Brands Inc. | Actively and passively customizable navigation bars |
US20120166959A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2012-06-28 | Microsoft Corporation | Surfacing content including content accessed from jump list tasks and items |
US8904197B2 (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2014-12-02 | Ricoh Co., Ltd. | Power management based on combined user interface and sensor inputs |
US9563351B2 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2017-02-07 | Apple Inc. | Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating between document sections |
JP6300604B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 | 2018-03-28 | キヤノン株式会社 | Touch control device, touch control method, and program |
-
2007
- 2007-12-31 US US11/968,059 patent/US8689132B2/en active Active
-
2008
- 2008-01-04 US US11/969,819 patent/US8130205B2/en active Active
- 2008-01-07 EP EP08705751.9A patent/EP2106652B1/en active Active
- 2008-01-07 CN CN200880006520.6A patent/CN101641946B/en active Active
- 2008-01-07 CN CN201410127550.XA patent/CN103914261B/en active Active
- 2008-01-07 WO PCT/US2008/050446 patent/WO2008086319A1/en active Application Filing
-
2012
- 2012-03-05 US US13/412,483 patent/US8223134B1/en active Active
- 2012-07-12 US US13/548,111 patent/US8368665B2/en active Active
-
2013
- 2013-02-04 US US13/758,971 patent/US10860198B2/en active Active
- 2013-02-04 US US13/758,967 patent/US20130152013A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2020
- 2020-12-07 US US17/114,176 patent/US11467722B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6069626A (en) * | 1997-02-27 | 2000-05-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for improved scrolling functionality in a graphical user interface utilizing a transparent scroll bar icon |
EP0903662A2 (en) * | 1997-09-17 | 1999-03-24 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Invisible and one-pixel wide scroll bars |
WO1999028813A1 (en) * | 1997-12-04 | 1999-06-10 | Northern Telecom Limited | Navigation tool for graphical user interface |
US6181316B1 (en) * | 1998-06-04 | 2001-01-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Graphical user interface inline scroll control |
US6570594B1 (en) * | 1998-06-30 | 2003-05-27 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | User interface with non-intrusive display element |
US20020051018A1 (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2002-05-02 | Nan-Ting Yeh | Apparatus and method for browser interface operation |
WO2003060622A2 (en) * | 2001-12-28 | 2003-07-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Touch-screen image scrolling system and method |
US20040021676A1 (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2004-02-05 | Tatung Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus of view window scrolling |
Cited By (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2010083923A1 (en) * | 2009-01-21 | 2010-07-29 | Deutsche Telekom Ag | Method and device for transferring files |
CN102449587A (en) * | 2009-05-27 | 2012-05-09 | 惠普开发有限公司 | Method and system to control the display of information |
CN102449587B (en) * | 2009-05-27 | 2015-12-16 | 惠普开发有限公司 | The method and system of control information display |
WO2011031575A3 (en) * | 2009-09-09 | 2011-06-16 | Immersion Corporation | Systems and methods for haptically-enhanced text interfaces |
US9317116B2 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2016-04-19 | Immersion Corporation | Systems and methods for haptically-enhanced text interfaces |
US9081499B2 (en) | 2010-03-02 | 2015-07-14 | Sony Corporation | Mobile terminal device and input device |
EP2363791A1 (en) * | 2010-03-02 | 2011-09-07 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB | Mobile terminal device and input device |
US11249642B2 (en) | 2010-03-02 | 2022-02-15 | Sony Group Corporation | Mobile terminal device and input device |
US10671276B2 (en) | 2010-03-02 | 2020-06-02 | Sony Corporation | Mobile terminal device and input device |
EP2612229A4 (en) * | 2010-09-01 | 2015-07-08 | Nokia Corp | A method and apparatus for displaying event notifications |
WO2012108714A2 (en) * | 2011-02-11 | 2012-08-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for providing graphic user interface in mobile terminal |
US9569090B2 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2017-02-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for providing graphic user interface in mobile terminal |
WO2012108714A3 (en) * | 2011-02-11 | 2012-11-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for providing graphic user interface in mobile terminal |
US9891709B2 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2018-02-13 | Immersion Corporation | Systems and methods for content- and context specific haptic effects using predefined haptic effects |
EP2741194A1 (en) * | 2012-12-04 | 2014-06-11 | BlackBerry Limited | Scroll jump interface for touchscreen input/output device |
WO2014091187A1 (en) * | 2012-12-12 | 2014-06-19 | British Telecommunications Public Limited Company | Touch screen device for handling lists |
EP2743817A1 (en) * | 2012-12-12 | 2014-06-18 | British Telecommunications public limited company | Touch screen device for handling lists |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US8368665B2 (en) | 2013-02-05 |
US20120162119A1 (en) | 2012-06-28 |
US8223134B1 (en) | 2012-07-17 |
US20210200400A1 (en) | 2021-07-01 |
US10860198B2 (en) | 2020-12-08 |
US20130152013A1 (en) | 2013-06-13 |
EP2106652B1 (en) | 2017-09-06 |
CN103914261B (en) | 2018-02-02 |
CN101641946B (en) | 2014-04-23 |
EP2106652A1 (en) | 2009-10-07 |
CN103914261A (en) | 2014-07-09 |
US20120274597A1 (en) | 2012-11-01 |
US20080180408A1 (en) | 2008-07-31 |
US8130205B2 (en) | 2012-03-06 |
CN101641946A (en) | 2010-02-03 |
US11467722B2 (en) | 2022-10-11 |
US20130145310A1 (en) | 2013-06-06 |
US20080168349A1 (en) | 2008-07-10 |
US8689132B2 (en) | 2014-04-01 |
US20230221852A1 (en) | 2023-07-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11467722B2 (en) | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists | |
US11592952B2 (en) | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents | |
US8201109B2 (en) | Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device | |
EP2095214B1 (en) | Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting an insertion point marker | |
WO2008085747A2 (en) | Portable electronic device, method and graphical user interface for displaying inline multimedia content | |
WO2008086306A1 (en) | Creating web-clip widgets on a portable multifunction device | |
US10283082B1 (en) | Differential opacity position indicator | |
US11972103B2 (en) | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying electronic documents and lists | |
AU2017245373B2 (en) | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents | |
AU2014262258B2 (en) | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents | |
AU2011101190A4 (en) | Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 200880006520.6 Country of ref document: CN |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 08705751 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
REEP | Request for entry into the european phase |
Ref document number: 2008705751 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2008705751 Country of ref document: EP |